Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi
    The New Zealand Government: A United States SEC Registered Corporation  |  Who Owns New Zealand's Banks - And Australia's Banks - Anyone's Banks?
 
Wake Up Kiwi
 
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

· Home / Introduction

CURRENT AFFAIRS

· Current Events & Breaking News

· Cabal / Illuminati / NWO Watch

· Mainstream Media Manipulation

· Banking Crimes & Criminals

· Political Crimes & Criminals

· Feature Articles

· Positive Developments

ILLUMINATI / NWO

· NWO Globalist Agenda

· Secret Societies & The Illuminati

· Conspiracy To Rule The World

· What / Who Is "The Crown"?

· Agenda 21 In New Zealand

· Surveillance Society/Police State

· 'Terrorism' & Engineered Wars

· Eugenics / Depopulation Agenda

· Religion As A Tool For Control

· Common Law Vs Statute Law

SCIENCE / TECHNOLOGY

· The Climate Change Scam

· Chemtrails & Geoengineering

· Suppressed Science

· Positive New Technologies

· Cures, Health & Wellbeing

· Dangerous & Dirty Technology

· Spiritual Aspects & Metaphysics

· The Extra-Terrestrial Presence

HISTORY

· Suppressed / Hidden History

· Real New Zealand History

· The Opal File: NZ / AUS History

· 150+ NWO Globalist Quotes

MISCELLANEOUS

· Political Commentary

· Positive Resources

· Resistance, Resources & Links

· Contact


Newsletter archive - click here

Site Search:




















Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
News Archives



 

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Los Alamos Research Explains How 5G Terahertz Waves Tear Apart DNA & Why We Must Stop The 5G Wireless Network
February 17 2019 | From: CollectiveEvolution / Sott / Various

What are Terahertz waves? They’re the radiation that fills the spot between microwaves and infrared waves on the electromagnetic spectrum.



These waves can pass through non-conducting materials like clothes, brick, wood, paper, etc.

Related: NIH NTP Study Demonstrates Cell Phone Cancer Link Dr. Ronald Melnick

As a result, they can be utilized within cameras to look inside an enclosed structure, or sealed envelopes, into living rooms in order to “frisk” people at a distance.


In Brief:

The Facts: A model of the way the THz waves interact with DNA explains how DNA damage may occur and why evidence has been so hard to gather. This is simply a model, it's not experimental, but it does raise cause for concern.

Reflect On: Why are so many technologies approved for use without conducting the appropriate safety tests first? Studies have already shown cause for concern, yet too often the research goes ignored.

It’s not just Terahertz waves, it’s multiple sources of electromagnetic radiation. In the past, there were no artificial sources of electromagnetic radiation. Now, we are bombarded with them.

Cell phones, wifi, 5G and numerous other sources are all heavily present in our environment, and the corporations putting out this technology have not done any appropriate safety testing.

The studies that have emerged about this subject are eye-opening and very concerning.



Related: 5G And IoT: A Trojan Horse + Wifi Linked To Cancer And DNA Damage, Says New Report: Here’s What To Do

The statement below emphasizes my point, which comes from Dr. Sharon Goldberg, an internal medicine physician. Dr. Goldberg announced this at Michigan’s 5G Small Cell tower legislation hearing. You can watch that here.


"Wireless radiation has biological effects. Period. This is no longer a subject for debate when you look at PubMed and the peer-review literature.

These effects are seen in all life forms; plants, animals, insects, microbes. In humans, we have clear evidence of cancer now: there is no question.

We have evidence of DNA damage, cardiomyopathy, which is the precursor of congestive heart failure, neuropsychiatric effects…”

 Dr. Martin Blank, Ph.D., from the Department of Physiology and Cellular Biophysics at Colombia University, is one of the leading experts in this area of study. He explained:


"Putting it bluntly they (EMFs) are damaging the living cells in our bodies and killing many of us prematurely.

-
Source




10 Reasons 5G Should Scare the @#$% Out of You





Related: 5G Will Mutate You Or Kill You….



There are thousands of peer-reviewed studies on this subject, and hundreds of scientists have been petitioning the United Nations to pay attention
.

The problem is the industry and how they’ve taken over medical science. Information about harmful technological products that make a very small group of people billions of dollars every year is somehow brushed under the rug. Corporate control over science and government health regulators like the FDA and CDC is completely out of control.

In this article, I’d like to focus on research conducted by Boian S. Alexandrov et.al. at the Center for Nonlinear Studies at Los Alamos National Laboratory in New Mexico.

It revealed that these Terahertz waves could “…unzip double-stranded DNA, creating bubbles that could significantly interfere with processes such as gene expression and DNA replication.”

This is concerning because Terahertz waves are used, as previously mentioned, to peer through things. Airport scanners are a perfect example. That does not mean that airport scanners can rip apart DNA, but it does suggest we need further testing on these instruments.



Related: 5G Network Being Pushed On The Public With Zero Concern For Safety

These Terahertz waves are absorbed and emitted can also be used to determine the chemical composition of a material. Even though they don’t travel far inside the body, there is hope that the waves can be used to spot tumours near the surface of the skin.

The author of the study states;


"With all the potential, it’s no wonder that research on terahertz waves has exploded in the last ten years or so.”

He then asks the question;


"But what of the health effects of terahertz waves? 

At first glance, it’s easy to dismiss any notion that they can be damaging.

Terahertz photons are not energetic enough to break chemical bonds or ionise atoms or molecules, the chief reasons why higher energy photons such as x-rays and UV rays are so bad for us. But could there be another mechanism at work?”



Related: 5G Network Uses Same EMF Waves As Pentagon Crowd Control System + NZ 5G Update: June 2018

Apparently, the evidence that Terahertz radiation (which is different from the wireless and other EMF radiation that’s put out by multiple devices) damages biological systems is mixed. Alexandrov outlines how some studies reported significant damage, while others showed none.

This is concerning, regardless of how many studies have shown no DNA damage. The fact is that there are studies that do show damage. Even if only one study proved that there could be DNA damage, it’s confusing as to why this technology would be approved.

Alexandrov and his team created a model to investigate how the fields interact with double-stranded DNA. What they found was remarkable.


"They say that although the forces generated are tiny, resonant effects allow THz waves to unzip double-stranded DNA, creating bubbles in the double strand that could significantly interfere with processes such as gene expression and DNA replication.

That’s a draw dropping conclusion?”



Related: When Idiots Control Technology, This Is What Happens

It’s important to note that this particular study was a model, it wasn’t actually experimental. However, the team still presented enough information to suggest this technology could be dangerous to our health, especially given the hazardous biological effects of other waves on the electromagnetic spectrum.


"This should set the cat among the pigeons. Of course, terahertz waves are a natural part of environment, just like visible and infrared light. But a new generation of cameras are set to appear that not only record terahertz waves but also bombard us with them.

And if our exposure is set to increase, the question that urgently needs answering is what level of terahertz exposure is safe.”

The last point made in the quote above is important to note. We’ve never been bombard this much - our exposure has never been so high.

North America also seems to be running behind, as multiple countries have completely banned wifi technology and cell phones in nursing homes and elementary schools because of the dangerous effects these technologies can have on our health.

It’s concerning that we are approving technology that use these types of waves when one of the only studies on this subject outlines how “research in this field has only just begun, both at home and abroad.

In this paper, research progress with respect to THz radiation, including its biological effects, mechanisms and methods of protection, will be reviewed.” (source)

That paper goes on to emphasize that, although many biological effects are unknown, tremendous advancements in medical technology could come from their use.



Related: "Smart City" Is Really Government Spying On An Unimaginable Scale

This wouldn’t be the first time we’ve seen potentially dangerous technologies being used in the healthcare system, such as mammograms.

Who knows! I guess we will have to wait and see until more research emerges. At the end of the day, a lot of technology and pharmaceuticals we use have not gone through appropriate safety testing, and so we may be seeing the same thing here.

If you want to see some of this science, the best place place to start your research is with the Environmental Health Trust.

You can fully access this particular study here.


The Takeaway

Although it’s unclear what will happen here, there is still so much electromagnetic radiation in our environment that it’s important to protect yourself.

There are many things you can do to combat electromagnetic radiation. You can have a wired internet connection, unplug all of your devices before you sleep, purchase EMF protective clothing, and even paint your walls with EMF protective paint.



Related: Studies confirm: Potential risks of 5G wireless radiation are too serious to ignore

You can live a healthy lifestyle, but I believe the mind body connection is so strong that anything can be mitigated through the deepest levels of healing.


Related Articles:

Spark paves the way to New Zealand’s ‘smartest’ street

Spark sets 5G launch date, but without any 5G spectrum

Using Wi-Fi to “see” behind closed doors is easier than anyone thought

Study: Normal 2.45 GHz Wi-Fi Damages Fertility – What is Verizon’s 35 GHz, 5G Doing?

Can You Really Be Allergic to Wifi and Cell Phones?

Lloyds of London Fears EMF 5G – Excludes Coverage - Electromagnetic Pollution Will Kill You

The Dangers of 5G to Children’s Health

5G Rollout is a Terrorist Plot on the West

Mark Steele with Sarah Westall: Landmark 5G Criminal Trial, “It’s a Weapon System”, MI6 Concerned

U.S. House Passes SMART IoT Act Without Acknowledging Security Risks Associated with IoT

Cities Fighting 5G – 5G Is a Weapons System

Smart LEDS in NZ and San Diego ~ Data Powered Cities by GE

Wi-Fi Deforming Fetuses, Making Children Stupid UPDATE 1: International Appeal to Stop 5G

5G CITY SMART AGENDA COVERT ECONOMIC TERRORISM BRINGING DOWN THE WEST

Take Back Your Power 2017 is now forever free to stream

20,000 Satellites for 5G to be Launched Sending Focused Beams of Intense Microwave Radiation Over Entire Earth

5G Wireless Etc Killing & Damaging Living Cells (Human, Animal, Plant) - Terahertz WEaves Tearing Apart DNA …

Court Skeptical on FCC Bullshit Covering Up Weaponized 5G, Ignoring Public Safety Issues

Studies confirm: Potential risks of 5G wireless radiation are too serious to ignore

Two Thumbs Up On Film About Cell Tower Radiation Killing Birds While 5G Is Being Installed Everywhere

Why 5G Radiation Might Be Worse Even At A Lower Power

Senator Patrick Colbeck: 5G Will Fuck You Up

5G Will Kill You - 10 Reasons to Say Hell No



Why We Must Stop The 5G Wireless Network

Never forget that this is a 'two way street' in that those countries who control the satellites basically will incredibly control all people on Earth.



The global deployment of the fifth-generation wireless network,(5G) constitutes an experiment on humanity and the environment that is nothing less than a crime under international law.

Related: Is 5G The Asbestos Of The 21st Century?

Yet the subject of the the enormous dangers of the imminent and rapid deployment of 5G technology was not mentioned when world leaders gathered earlier this month in Poland for the UN 'Earth' conference.

An inconvenient truth perhaps that our leaders could argue was not part of the overall subject in Poland of the well being of the Earth and all its inhabitants. Give me a break.

In Poland details of an important scientific report, commissioned by the UN, were released that stated the world has under 12 years to drastically cut emissions to avert catastrophe - that appeared to create a sense of urgency causing this closing statement.

"To waste this opportunity in [Poland] would compromise our last best chance to stop runaway climate change," UN Secretary General Antonio Guterres said. "It would not only be immoral, it will be suicidal."

What is more suicidal, insane is a more appropriate word, is not to address the terrible impact on the Earth of the introduction of 5G.

Some of the world's largest companies, with the support of their governments, are poised, over the next two years, to roll out 5G. This is set to deliver what is acknowledged to be "unprecedented societal change" on a global scale.



Related: What Parents Should Know About EMFs and WiFi & 5G Is An International Health Crisis In The Making

As if that will not increase the potential in future for more cyber attacks by States and potentially terrorist organisations as well as further contribute to the ever emerging disturbing social networks consequences of 'people manipulation' by huge corporations and States led by by mainly psychopathic and inept political leaders.

The great writer Aldous Huxley, imagined such forms of 'technological progress' in his famous book Brave New World written nearly a 100 years ago.

The late Stephen Hawkins before he died said the greatest threat to mankind was artificial intelligence (AI) - well 5G is the road that will eventually lead us to AI domination.

5G will bring us "smart" homes, "smart" businesses, "smart" highways, "smart" cities and self-driving "smart" cars. Virtually everything we own and buy, from TVs to refrigerators and washing machines to milk cartons, hairbrushes and infants' nappies, will contain antennas and microchips and will be connected wirelessly to the Internet.

Every person on Earth will have instant access to super-high-speed wireless communications from any point on the planet, even in rainforests, mid-ocean and the Antarctic.




Related: Seven Reasons Why The Internet Of Things Should Scare You & The Internet Of Things Poses Human Health
Risks: Scientists Question The Safety Of Untested 5G Technology At International Conference


Never forget that this is a 'two way street' in that those countries who control the satellites basically will incredibly control all people on Earth. An almost unimaginable prospect.

This will allow the ultimate potential for the manipulation of the entire world's populace by essentially only 'Super Power' countries, dominated by American corporations who seem led by, what has become the acknowledged term, 'the Deep State' and not by the American President.

Trump cannot get his own Administration to heed his orders; witness the supposed Syrian troop withdrawal as being but one example.

The planned density to achieve global 5G of radio frequency transmitters is unfathomable. In addition to millions of new 5G base stations on Earth and 20,000 new satellites in space, an estimated 200 billion "transmitting objects", will be part of the Internet of "things" by 2020, and one trillion further "things" a few years later.

Commercial 5G at lower frequencies and slower speeds was deployed in Qatar, Finland and Estonia in mid-2018. The rollout of 5G at extremely high (millimetre wave) frequencies has now begun this month making the immediacy to reverse this plan absolutely essential.

Despite widespread denial, the evidence that radio frequency (RF) radiation is harmful to life is already overwhelming. The accumulated clinical evidence of sick and injured human beings, experimental evidence of damage to DNA, cells and organ systems in a wide variety of plants and animals, and epidemiological evidence that the major diseases of modern civilisation; cancer, heart disease and diabetes are in large part caused by electromagnetic pollution, forms a literature base of well over 10,000 peer reviewed studies.



Related: The Gloves Come Off On EMF / Mobile / WiFi Radiation + Understanding The Dangers Of The “5G” Rollout

If 5G is implemented, no person, no animal, no bird, no insect and no plant on Earth will be able to avoid exposure, 24 hours a day, 365 days a year, to levels of RF radiation that are tens to hundreds of times greater than what exists today, without any possibility of escape anywhere on the planet.

Each 5G phone will contain dozens of tiny antennas, all working together to track and aim a narrowly focused beam at the nearest cell tower. In America, the US Federal Communications Commission (FCC) has permitted the effective power of those beams to be as much as 20 watts, ten times more powerful than the levels permitted for current phones using 3G and 4G.

At least five international companies, including defense companies like BOEING, are proposing to provide 5G from space from a combined 20,000 satellites in low and medium Earth orbit that will blanket the Earth with powerful, focused, steerable beams.

The alteration of the Earth's electromagnetic environment may be an even greater threat to life than the radiation from ground-based antennas where the harmful effects of radio frequency radiation have already been proven.

The WHO's International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) produced recently overwhelming evidence, including the latest studies on cell phone use and brain cancer risks, indicating that RF radiation is proven carcinogenic to humans and should now be classified as a "Group 1 carcinogen" along with tobacco smoke and asbestos.



Related: 5G expected to hit A/NZ by 2020, according to MIT

As dramatic as it sounds, the deployment of 5G satellites and their accompanying earth stations must be stopped now.

This is a last chance situation so people must take to the streets all over the world, as they did in Paris, and force, or change, their governments.

2019 could be the year of revolutions as we the people become ever increasingly disenchanted with our incompetent and, in most cases, corrupt bureaucrats and politicians along with hopeless and useless world institutions like the UN and the EU.





Comment:
The dangers of 5G are simply jaw-dropping when looked at in any detail, yet the people seem to be so enamored with the prospects of self-driving cars and refrigerators that order your groceries, that they willingly ignore the serious threat to their health. The world is about to become a lot more dangerous, once 5G is unleashed.


Related Articles:

5G network uses same EMF waves as crowd control system developed by Pentagon

5G technology and the coming health crisis


Beware 5G technology


The Health & Wellness Show: Wireless Technology: 5G is Just the Tip of the Iceberg


Britain's first court case against 5G wireless technology - And the people won


The 'Wifi Alliance' will include 5G Wireless - and with it a huge increase of dangers to our health


5G wireless service is coming despite mounting health concerns



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Trump To Sign Border Security Bill And Declare Emergency Over Wall & A Tale Of Two Walls - One Funded By The US Taxpayer In Israel, One Not Funded By Nancy Pelosi In The USA
February 16 2019 | From: BBC / UNZ Various

US President Donald Trump will declare a national emergency to fund his planned border wall with Mexico, the White House says.



He is to sign a border security bill to avert a government shutdown - but also act to bypass Congress and use military funds for the wall, a statement said.

Related: Trump To Declare National Emergency To Build Border Wall

Senior Democrats have responded by accusing him of committing a "gross abuse of power" and a "lawless act".

Congress must first pass the bill before it is signed by the president.

Building the wall was a key election promise but Mr Trump has so far been unable to get the necessary funding.





What Did the White House Say?

"The president is once again delivering on his promise to build the wall, protect the border, and secure our great country," White House Press Secretary Sarah Sanders said in a statement on Thursday.

She added he would "take other executive action - including a national emergency - to ensure we stop the national security and humanitarian crisis at the border".



Related: Illegal Arrested for Raping, Impregnating Child in California

The compromise legislation includes $1.3bn (£1bn) in funding for border security, including physical barriers, but it does not allot money towards Mr Trump's wall. Mr Trump had wanted $5.7bn for the wall.

When Mr Trump warned that he might declare a national emergency over his wall earlier this year, some Republicans argued it would set a dangerous precedent.

Speaking on the Senate floor on Thursday, however, Republican Majority Leader Mitch McConnell indicated his support for the move, saying the president was taking action with "whatever tools he can legally use to enhance his efforts to secure the border".



Related: More Undeniable Signs That The Global Criminal Cabal Is Going Down + Obama, Hillary Clinton Both
Supported Trump’s Plan To Stop Migrants At Border

In a 83-16 vote, the Senate on Thursday passed the border security bill, which is now due to go to the House of Representatives.


How Have Democrats Responded?

Speaker of the House Nancy Pelosi has already suggested a legal challenge from Democrats should the president make an emergency declaration.

She and Senate Democratic leader Chuck Schumer also issued a strongly worded joint statement condemning the move.

"Declaring a national emergency would be a lawless act, a gross abuse of the power of the presidency and a desperate attempt to distract from the fact that President Trump broke his core promise to have Mexico pay for his wall," they said.



Related: Crooked Hillary Attacks President Trump: “There’s No National Emergency at Our Border”

"He couldn't convince Mexico, the American people or their elected representatives to pay for his ineffective and expensive wall, so now he's trying an end-run around Congress in a desperate attempt to put taxpayers on the hook for it."

The Democrats vowed that Congress would "defend our constitutional authorities".


Getting Around Congress, Not Through it

A month ago, in the midst of the federal government shutdown crisis, a consensus had emerged that the easiest way out for the president was to back down from his demands for congressional border wall appropriations while declaring a "national emergency" to commandeer funds from other sources.

It took a while, but the path of least resistance was the one Donald Trump followed.

He extricated himself from a predicament of his own making, while taking action that he can cite to supporters as evidence that he's fulfilling his "build the wall" campaign promise.

Of course, the drawbacks to this course that were apparent in January are still there.

Republicans fear this will set a precedent for presidential power that Democrats can someday use to circumvent the will of Congress.




Build the Wall - Best Argument in 2:25 Minutes





Related: Successful Border Walls Around the World



The emergency declaration is sure to get bogged down in court challenges, which means it may not have much tangible benefit anytime soon.

And, as much as the president may like to spin this as a victory by other means, he still backed down in the face of Democratic resistance in Congress.

The shutdown fight was always about more than just the wall - it was a battle over who would set the political agenda for the next two years of the Trump presidency.

And if this resolution is any indication, if the president wants to get his way he's largely going to have to find ways around Congress, not through it.



What is a National Emergency?

A state of emergency is declared in times of crisis. In this case, Mr Trump says the crisis is being caused by migrants arriving on the US-Mexico border.

Experts say declaring a national emergency would give the president access to special powers that effectively allow him to bypass the usual political process.

He would be able to divert money from existing military or disaster relief budgets to pay for the wall.





Other presidents got money for a border barrier - why not Trump?

However there is debate about whether the situation at the southern US border constitutes such an emergency.

On the one hand, more than 2,000 people were turned away or arrested at the border each day during November alone. Supporters say this equals an emergency.

Others argue the figure is far lower than a decade ago, and many of the thousands of people who travelled north from countries like Honduras are presenting themselves as asylum seekers, looking to enter the country legally.


Related Articles:

Reaction to Trump's decision to declare national emergency

Can Trump use emergency powers to build wall?

Trump's border wall in seven charts

How much of the wall is built already?

President Trump Gets Standing Ovation While Defending ‘Innocent Human Life’ at National Prayer Breakfast

Trump’s ‘Eyeball-to-Eyeball’ Orders to the Generals on Syria



A Tale Of Two Walls - One Funded By The US Taxpayer In Israel, One Not Funded By Nancy Pelosi In The USA

The demand of President Donald Trump that congress should appropriate money to build a wall securing the nation’s southern border has resulted in the longest federal government shutdown in history with no end in sight.



There is considerable opposition to the wall based on two quite different perceptions of border security.

Related: The Wall That Schumer and Pelosi Built for Israel

The generally “progressive” view is that there is no border threat at all, that the thousands of migrants heading for the U.S. can be assimilated and indeed should be allowed entry because of U.S. government policies in Central America that have created the ruined states that the would-be immigrants have been fleeing.

There is certainly some truth to that argument, though it suggests that the United States should essentially abandon sovereignty over its own territory, which most Americans would reject.

The alternative viewpoint, which has a much broader bipartisan constituency, consists of those who do feel that border security is a national priority but are nevertheless critical of building a wall, which will be expensive, possibly ineffective and environmentally damaging.

They prefer other options, to include increased spending on the border guards, more aggressive enforcement against existing illegals and severe punishment of businesses in the U.S. that hire anyone not possessing legal documentation.

Some also have argued in favor of a national ID issued only to citizens or legal permanent residents that would have to be produced by anyone seeking employment or government services.



Related: The Luciferian Vatican Empire Is Imploding & As Many As 8 Million Children Are Kidnapped And Trafficked Into Sex Slavery Every Year By Global Pedophile Networks – Of Which Many Politicians Are Members

Whether the wall will ever be built is questionable, but one thing that is certain is that there is more than enough hypocrisy regarding it to go around.

Democratic Presidents including Bill Clinton and Barack Obama when campaigning have called for better border security, as have Democratic Congressional leaders who are now smelling blood and attacking Trump for seeking to do what they have long at least theoretically sought.

Apart from that, many of the Democrats who are currently criticizing the southern border wall on moral grounds have failed to apply the same standard to another infamous wall, that which is being built by Israel.

Israel’s “separation wall” is arguably being constructed at least in part using “aid” and charitable money provided by Washington while also being enabled politically by the U.S. government’s acquiescence to the Israeli violations of international law.

And if the moral argument for not having a wall to aid suffering refugees has any meaning, it would be many times more so applied to the Israeli wall, which is an instrument in the maintenance of apartheid in areas under Israeli control while also making permanent the stateless status of the more than one million Palestinian refugees, far more in number than the would-be immigrants marching through Mexico.



Related: Border Wall Construction has Officially Started in South Texas

The Israeli wall is at many points larger and more intimidating than that planned by Trump, and it is also designed to physically and economically devastate the Palestinian population adjacent to it.

Israel’s wall is undeniably far more damaging than anything being considered for placement along the U.S. - Mexican border as it operates as both a security measure and a tool for confiscating more Arab land by including inside the barrier illegal West Bank settlements.

There are both physical similarities and differences relating to the two walls. Judging from prototypes, Trump currently appears to favor prefabricated mostly metal sections with barbed wire coils on top that would be high and intimidating enough to deter climbing over.

The sections would be set in foundations sufficiently deep to deter most tunneling and there would be sensors at intervals to alert guards to other attempts to penetrate the barrier.

Israel’s wall varies in terms of structural material, including large concrete blocks 28 feet high in some areas while other less populated stretches that are considered low security make do with multiple lines of barbed wire and sensors.



Related: Why Confronting Israel Is Important: The Jewish State Is No Friend

It is interesting to note that some Israeli companies have apparently expressed interest in building the Mexico wall and, as one of the many perks Israel receives from congress includes the right to bid on U.S. government contracts, they might well wind up as a contractors or subcontractors if the barrier is ever actually built.

As noted above, the principal difference between the U.S. wall and that of Israel is that the American version is all on U.S. land and is engineered to more or less run in a straight line along the border.

The Israeli version is nearly 90% built on Palestinian land and, as it is designed to create facts on the West Bank, it does not run in a straight line, instead closing off some areas to the Palestinians by surrounding Arab villages.

It therefore keeps people in while also keeping people out, so it is not strictly speaking a security barrier. Indeed, some Israeli security experts have stated their belief that the wall has been only a minor asset in preventing violence directed by Palestinians against Israelis.

If the Israeli wall had followed the Green Line that separated Israel proper from Palestinian land it would be only half the estimated 440 miles long that it will now be upon completion.



Related: Global Alliance Moving For A Checkmate Versus The Deep State

The extra miles are accounted for by the deep cuts of as much as 11 miles into the West Bank, isolating about 9% of it and completely enclosing 25,000 Palestinian Arabs from areas nominally controlled by the Palestinian Authority.

One often cited victim of the barrier is the Palestinian town of Qalqilyah, with a population of 45,000, which is enclosed on all sides by a wall that in some sections measures more than 25 feet high.

Qalqilyah is only accessible through an Israeli controlled military checkpoint on the main road from the east and a tunnel on the south side that links the town to the adjacent village of Habla.

The wall is therefore only in part a security measure while also being a major element in the Israeli plan to gradually acquire as much of the West Bank as possible – perhaps all of it – for Israeli settlers.

It is a form of collective punishment based on religion to make life difficult for local people and eventually drive them from their homes.

The human costs for the Palestinians have consequently been high. A United Nations 2005 report states that:


… it is difficult to overstate the humanitarian impact of the Barrier. The route inside the West Bank severs communities, people’s access to services, livelihoods and religious and cultural amenities.

In addition, plans for the Barrier’s exact route and crossing points through it are often not fully revealed until days before construction commences.

This has led to considerable anxiety amongst Palestinians about how their future lives will be impacted… The land between the Barrier and the Green Line constitutes some of the most fertile in the West Bank.

It is currently the home for 49,400 West Bank Palestinians living in 38 villages and towns.”

Amnesty International in a 2004 report observed:


The fence/wall, in its present configuration, violates Israel’s obligations under international humanitarian law…

Since the summer of 2002 the Israeli army has been destroying large areas of Palestinian agricultural land, as well as other properties, to make way for a fence/wall which it is building in the West Bank.

In addition to the large areas of particularly fertile Palestinian farmland that have been destroyed, other larger areas have been cut off from the rest of the West Bank by the fence/wall.

The fence/wall is not being built between Israel and the Occupied Territories but mostly (close to 90%) inside the West Bank, turning Palestinian towns and villages into isolated enclaves, cutting off communities and families from each other, separating farmers from their land and Palestinians from their places of work, education and health care facilities and other essential services.

This in order to facilitate passage between Israel and more than 50 illegal Israeli settlements located in the West Bank.”

Of course, the situation has become far worse for Palestinians since the two reports dating from 2004 and 2005.

Israel has accelerated its settlement construction and the wall has expanded and shifted to accommodate those changes, making life impossible for the indigenous population.

Any pushback from the United States has been rare to nonexistent, with successive administrations only occasionally mentioning that the settlements themselves are “troubling” or a “complication” vis-à-vis a peace settlement.



Related: ‘War Crimes’: Palestine Demands International Criminal Court Investigate Israel

The first direct criticism of the wall itself took place in 2003, when the Bush administration briefly considered reducing loan guarantees to discourage its construction.

Then Secretary of State Colin Powell remarked:


A nation is within its rights to put up a fence if it sees the need for one. However, in the case of the Israeli fence, we are concerned when the fence crosses over onto the land of others.”

On May 25, 2005, Bush repeated his concerns, noting that “I think the wall is a problem. And I discussed this with Ariel Sharon. It is very difficult to develop confidence between the Palestinians and Israel with a wall snaking through the West Bank.”

In a letter to Sharon he stated that it “should be a security rather than political barrier, should be temporary rather than permanent and therefore not prejudice any final status issues including final borders, and its route should take into account, consistent with security needs, its impact on Palestinians not engaged in terrorist activities.”

Congress is, of course, Israeli occupied territory so its response was directed against Powell and Bush in support of anything Israel chose to do.

Then Senator Joe Lieberman complained:


The administration’s threat to cut aid to Israel unless it stops construction of a security fence is a heavy-handed tactic.

The Israeli people have the right to defend themselves from terrorism, and a security fence may be necessary to achieve this.”

In 2005, Senator Hillary Clinton declared her support for the wall by claiming that the Palestinian Authority had failed to fight terrorism:


This is not against the Palestinian people. This is against the terrorists. The Palestinian people have to help to prevent terrorism. They have to change the attitudes about terrorism.”

Senator Charles Schumer, also from New York, added “As long as the Palestinians send terrorists onto school buses and to nightclubs to blow up people, Israel has no choice but to build the Security Wall.”

So, for many in Washington a legal and relatively apolitical wall by the United States to protect its border is a horrible prospect while the Israeli version built on someone else’s land with the intention to damage the local Arab population as much as possible is perfectly fine.

The reality is that America’s Establishment, which is dominated by veneration of Israel for a number of reasons, is completely hypocritical, more prepared to criticize actions taken by the United States even when those actions are justified than they are to condemn Israeli actions that amount to crimes against humanity.

That is the reality and it is playing out in front of us right now.


Related Articles:

Democrats paid for a wall … in Jordan

Open Borders, National Sovereignty and Common Sense

Sneak Preview Of Lauren Southern’s New Documentary “Borderless”

Trump responds to Russian asset allegations, border crisis


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Energy Depletion In A Human Being
February 15 2019 | From: JonRappoport

Energy. As in: energy depletion. Without energy, the individual feels trapped. In that state, he seeks to conform, fit in, survive long enough to die of old age.



Body and mind deploy various feedback mechanisms to inform a person about his “available supply of energy,” and when these signals are taken as absolute truth, trouble comes.

Related: What Is Orgone Energy?

“I can sense my energy is dwindling. So I have to…settle for less, or see a doctor, or give up, or accept that I’m getting older, or change my values, or tune up a victim-story, or join a group, or…”

On and on it goes. In this twilight zone, the individual is unwilling to consider solutions that could restore his vitality. He’s already opted for a lower level of life. In particular, he’s unwilling to explore the one aspect of his capability that works like magic: Imagination.

That’s out. No dice. Preposterous. Absurd. After all, imagination is just that spring rain he felt as a child, that unknown space that held all the promise in the world. That was then; this is now. Now is sober reflection. Now is routine. Now is habit. Now is empty.

Once upon a time, he read a science fiction novel and, at the end of it, he felt as if he were standing, triumphant, in deep space at the crossroad of a hundred solar systems. Now he knows there is no such place. Now he is intelligent. And now he has no energy. The light that once flared is gone.



Related: The Biocrystal, Human Energy Field And Hyperdimensional Water

The idea that his own imagination could lead him to discoveries beyond anything he knows is fool’s gold. Yes, once when he was twenty, he woke up in the middle of the night and walked to his window and looked out over a city and knew he was on the cusp of an endless future…but what can he do about that now? There is no returning.

So his imagination waits. It idles. Yet…if he took a chance, if he began to dream again, if he started up the engine, if he considered offloading the interlocking systems that have become his daily life, what might happen? What layers of dead thought might peel away? What abiding convictions might dissolve? What energies might be restored?

Is there a huge space beyond his common neurological impulses and rigid survival habits, where vision can be played out on a vast scale? Is there a different kind of life he can enter?

Can he take a route around the banners and facades of his former reality after opening the door to his imagination? There is, in fact, a silent channel that winds through the entire time-scale of the human race.



Related: Energy Follows Thought

History does not officially record it, because history is written by winners for losers, and this silent channel has nothing to do with pedestrian notions of victory or defeat.

The route of imagination has no truck with conventional space or time. It invents its own, and eventually introduces them into the world.

How many stories are there about journeying knights who cross the boundary from ordinary events into a realm of magic? The stories are messages…sent to ourselves, to remember. This place, this day, this moment is a platform from which to embark.

Adventure, with no end. Imagination. Energy.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Washington DC’s Role Behind The Scenes In Hollywood Goes Deeper Than You Think
February 14 2019 | From: Independent

On television, we found more than 1,100 titles received Pentagon backing – 900 of them since 2005, from 'Flight 93' to 'Ice Road Truckers' and 'Army Wives.'



Federal agencies in the US have sponsored thousands of hours’ worth of entertainment time, including individual episodes of ‘24’

Related: Document Surfaces Showing CIA’s Plans To Infiltrate Academia & Change University/College Curriculums

The US government and Hollywood have always been close. Washington DC has long been a source of intriguing plots for filmmakers and LA has been a generous provider of glamour and glitz to the political class.

But just how dependant are these two centres of American influence? Scrutiny of previously hidden documents reveals that the answer is: very. We can now show that the relationship between US national security and Hollywood is much deeper and more political than anyone has ever acknowledged.

It is a matter of public record that the Pentagon has had an entertainment liaison office since 1948. The Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) established a similar position in 1996.

Although it was known that they sometimes request script changes in exchange for advice, permission to use locations, and equipment such as aircraft carriers, each appeared to have passive, and largely apolitical roles.

Files we obtained, mainly through the US Freedom of Information Act, show that between 1911 and 2017, more than 800 feature films received support from the US Government’s Department of Defence (DoD), a significantly higher figure than previous estimates indicate. These included blockbuster franchises such as TransformersIron Man, and The Terminator.



Related: Hollywood Sci-Fi Filmmakers Tapped To Dramatize Fictional Climate Change To Scare Everybody Into Voting For Climate Totalitarians

On television, we found over 1,100 titles received Pentagon backing – 900 of them since 2005, from Flight 93 to Ice Road Truckers to Army Wives.

When we include individual episodes for long running shows like 24Homeland, and NCIS, as well as the influence of other major organisations like the FBI and White House, we can establish unequivocally for the first time that the national security state has supported thousands of hours of entertainment.

For its part, the CIA has assisted in 60 film and television shows since its formation in 1947. This is a much lower figure than the DoD’s but its role has nonetheless been significant.

The CIA put considerable effort into dissuading representations of its very existence throughout the 1940s and 1950s. This meant it was entirely absent from cinematic and televisual culture until a fleeting image of a partially obscured plaque in Alfred Hitchcock’s North By Northwest in 1959, as historian Simon Willmetts revealed last year.

The CIA soon endured an erosion of public support, while Hollywood cast the agency as villain in paranoid pictures like Three Days of the Condor and The Parallax View in the 1970s and into the 1980s.





When the CIA established an entertainment liaison office in 1996, it made up for lost time, most emphatically on the Al Pacino film The Recruit and the Osama bin Laden assassination movie Zero Dark Thirty.

Leaked private memos published by our colleague Tricia Jenkins in 2016, and other memos published in 2013 by the mainstream media, indicate that each of these productions was heavily influenced by government officials. Both heightened or inflated real-world threats and dampened down government malfeasance.

One of the most surprising alterations, though, we found in an unpublished interview regarding the comedy Meet the Parents. The CIA admitted it had asked that Robert De Niro’s character not possess an intimidating array of agency torture manuals.

Nor should we see the clandestine services as simply passive, naive or ineffectual during the counterculture years or its aftermath. They were still able to derail a Marlon Brando picture about the Iran-Contra scandal (in which the US illegally sold arms to Iran) by establishing a front company run by Colonel Oliver North to outbid Brando for the rights, journalist Nicholas Shou recently claimed.


The (CIA) Director’s Cut

The national security state has a profound, sometimes petty, impact on what Hollywood conveys politically. On Hulk, the DoD requested “pretty radical” script alterations, according to script notes we obtained through Freedom of Information.



Related: 238 Arrested In Major Hollywood Pedophile Ring Bust & The UN Is Normalising Pedophilia: The Deep State Is Free To Prey Upon Your Children

These included disassociating the military from the gruesome laboratories that created “a monster” and changing the codename of the operation to capture the Hulk from “ranch hand” to “angry man”. Ranch Hand had been the name of a real chemical warfare programme during the Vietnam war.

In making the alien movie Contact, the Pentagon “negotiated civilianisation of almost all military parts”, according to the database we acquired.

It removed a scene in the original script where the military worries that an alien civilisation will destroy Earth with a “doomsday machine”, a view dismissed by Jodie Foster’s character as “paranoia right out of the Cold War”.





The role of the national security state in shaping screen entertainment has been underestimated and its examination long concentrated in remarkably few hands. The trickle of recent books has pushed back but only fractionally and tentatively.

An earlier breakthrough occurred at the turn of the century, when historians identified successful attempts in the 1950s by a senior individual at the Paramount film studio to promote narratives favourable to a CIA contact known only as “Owen”.

The new FOI documents give a much better sense of the sheer scale of state activities in the entertainment industry, which we present alongside dozens of fresh cases studies. But we still do not know the specific impact of the government on a substantial portion of films and shows.

The American Navy’s Marine Corps alone admitted to us that there are 90 boxes of relevant material in its archive. The government has seemed especially careful to avoid writing down details of actual changes made to scripts in the 21st century.



Related: Star Of Hobbit Films Elijah Wood Says Hollywood Is Masking A Child Sex Epidemic

State officials have described Washington DC and Hollywood as being “sprung from the same DNA” and the capital as being “Hollywood for ugly people”.

That ugly DNA has embedded far and wide. It seems the two cities on opposite sides of the United States are closer than we ever thought.


Related Articles:

Jay Dyer Exposes The Dark Secrets Of Hollywood

Cultural Imperialism And Perception Management: How Hollywood Hides 'US Government' War Crimes



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Why The War On Conspiracy Theories Is Bad Public Policy
February 13 2019 | From: UNZ

On January 25 2018 YouTube unleashed the latest salvo in the war on conspiracy theories, saying “we’ll begin reducing recommendations of borderline content and content that could misinform users in harmful ways - such as videos promoting a phony miracle cure for a serious illness, claiming the earth is flat, or making blatantly false claims about historic events like 9/11.”



At first glance that sounds reasonable. Nobody wants YouTube or anyone else to recommend bad information. And almost everyone agrees that phony miracle cures, flat earthism, and blatantly false claims about 9/11 and other historical events are undesirable.

Related: Five So-Called “Conspiracy Theories” That Are Actually Supported By Mainstream Science

But if we stop and seriously consider those words, we notice a couple of problems. First, the word “recommend” is not just misleading but mendacious. YouTube obviously doesn’t really recommend anything. When it says it does, it is lying.

When you watch YouTube videos, the YouTube search engine algorithm displays links to other videos that you are likely to be interested in.

These obviously do not constitute “recommendations” by YouTube itself, which exercises no editorial oversight over content posted by users. (Or at least it didn’t until it joined the war on conspiracy theories.)

The second and larger problem is that while there may be near-universal agreement among reasonable people that flat-earthism is wrong, there is only modest agreement regarding which health approaches constitute “phony miracle cures” and which do not.

Far less is there any agreement on “claims about 9/11 and other historical events.” (Thus far the only real attempt to forge an informed consensus about 9/11 is the 9/11 Consensus Panel’s study - but it seems unlikely that YouTube will be using the Consensus Panel to determine which videos to “recommend”!)



Related: New Study Reveals Surprising Truths About Conspiracy Theories

YouTube’s policy shift is the latest symptom of a larger movement by Western elites to - as Obama’s Information Czar Cass Sunstein put it - “disable the purveyors of conspiracy theories.”

Sunstein and co-author Adrian Vermeule’s 2008 paper “Conspiracy Theories,” critiqued by David Ray Griffin in 2010 and developed into a 2016 book, represents a panicked reaction to the success of the 9/11 truth movement. (By 2006, 36% of Americans thought it likely that 9/11 was an inside job designed to launch wars in the Middle East, according to a Scripps poll.)

Sunstein and Vermuele begin their abstract:


"Many millions of people hold (sic) conspiracy theories; they believe that powerful people have worked together in order to withhold the truth about some important practice or some terrible event.

A recent example is the belief, widespread in some parts of the world, that the attacks of 9/11 were carried out not by Al Qaeda, but by Israel or the United States.

Those who subscribe to conspiracy theories may create serious risks, including risks of violence, and the existence of such theories raises significant challenges for policy and law."

Sunstein argues that conspiracy theories (i.e. the 9/11 truth movement) are so dangerous that some day they may have to be banned by law.

While awaiting that day, or perhaps in preparation for it, the government should “disable the purveyors of conspiracy theories” through various techniques including “cognitive infiltration” of 9/11 truth groups.



Related: Summary On 9/11 And Inconsistencies Regarding The Official Story

Such “cognitive infiltration,” Sunstein writes, could have various aims including the promotion of “beneficial cognitive diversity” within the truth movement.

What sort of “cognitive diversity” would Cass Sunstein consider “beneficial”? Perhaps 9/11 truth groups that had been “cognitively infiltrated” by spooks posing as flat-earthers would harbor that sort of “beneficial” diversity? That would explain the plethora of expensive, high-production-values flat earth videos that have been blasted at the 9/11 truth community since 2008.

Why does Sunstein think “conspiracy theories” are so dangerous they need to be suppressed by government infiltrators, and perhaps eventually outlawed - which would necessitate revoking the First Amendment?

Obviously conspiracism must present some extraordinary threat. So what might that threat be?

Oddly, he never explains. Instead he briefly mentions, in vapidly nebulous terms, about “serious risks including the risk of violence.” But he presents no serious evidence that 9/11 truth causes violence. Nor does he explain what the other “serious risks” could possibly be.

Why did such highly accomplished academicians as Sunstein and Vermuele produce such an unhinged, incoherent, poorly-supported screed? How could Harvard and the University of Chicago publish such nonsense? Why would it be deemed worthy of development into a book?



Related: A Country Without An Honest Media Is Lost: The Largest Conspiracy Theory Peddlers Are Mainstream Media
And The US State Department


Why did the authors identify an alleged problem, present no evidence that it even is a problem, yet advocate outrageously illegal and unconstitutional government action to solve the non-problem?

The too-obvious answer, of course, is that they must realize that 9/11 was in fact a US-Israeli false flag operation. The 9/11 truth movement, in that case, would be a threat not because it is wrong, but because it is right.

To the extent that Americans know or suspect the truth, the US government will undoubtedly find it harder to pursue various “national security” objectives.

Ergo, 9/11 “conspiracy theories” are a threat to national security, and extreme measures are required to combat them. But since we can’t just burn the First Amendment overnight, we must instead take a gradual and covert “boil the frog” approach, featuring plenty of cointelpro-style infiltration and misdirection.

“Cognitive infiltration” of internet platforms to stop the conspiracy contagion would also fit the bill.

It is quite possible, perhaps even likely, that Sunstein and Vermeule are indeed well-informed and Machievellian. But it is also conceivable that they are, at least when it comes to 9/11 and “conspiracy theories,” as muddle-headed as they appear.

Their irrational panic could be an example of the bad thinking that emerges from groups that reflexively reject dissent. (Another, larger example of this kind of bad thinking comes to mind: America’s disastrous post-9/11 policies.)



Related: The Rise And Rise Of Control-Freak Government

The counterintuitive truth is that embracing and carefully listening to radical dissenters is in fact good policy, whether you are a government, a corporation, or any other kind of group. Ignoring or suppressing dissent produces muddled, superficial thinking and bad decisions. Surprisingly, this turns out to be the case even when the dissenters are wrong.

Scientific evidence for the value of dissent is beautifully summarized in Charlan Nemeth’s In Defense of Troublemakers: The Power of Dissent in Life and Business (Basic Books, 2018).

Nemeth, a psychology professor at UC-Berkeley, summarizes decades of research on group dynamics showing that groups that feature passionate, radical dissent deliberate better, reach better conclusions, and take better actions than those that do not - even when the dissenter is wrong.

Nemeth begins with a case where dissent would likely have saved lives: the crash of United Airlines Flight 173 in December, 1978. As the plane neared its Portland destination, the possibility of a problem with the landing gear arose.

The captain focused on trying to determine the condition of the landing gear as the plane circled the airport. Typical air crew group dynamics, in which the whole crew defers to the captain, led to a groupthink bubble in which nobody spoke up as the needle on the fuel gauge approached “E.”



Related: Electromagnetic Energy In The Air + CIA Whistleblower Speaks Out About Climate Engineering, Vaccination
Dangers, 911, And The Government’s Persecution Of Truth-Tellers


Had the crew included even one natural “troublemaker” - the kind of aviator who joins Pilots for 9/11 truth - there almost certainly would have been more divergent thinking. Someone would have spoken up about the fuel issue, and a tragic crash would have been averted.

Since 9/11, American decision-making elites have entered the same kind of bubble and engaged in the same kind of groupthink. For them, no serious dissent on such issues as what really happened on 9/11, and whether a “war on terror” makes sense, is permitted. The predictable result has been bad thinking and worse decisions.

From the vantage point of Sunstein and Vermeule, deep inside the bubble, the potentially bubble-popping, consensus-shredding threat of 9/11 truth must appear radically destabilizing.

To even consider the possibility that the 9/11 truthers are right might set off a stampede of critical reflection that would radically undermine the entire set of policies pursued for the past 17 years.

This prospect may so terrify Sunstein and Vermeule that it paralyzes their ability to think. Talk about “crippled epistemology”!



Related: “Conspiracy Theorists” Are Vindicated: U.S. Senate Reports Chemtrails Are Real And Are Killing Us!

Do Sunstein and Vermeule really think their program for suppressing “conspiracy theories” will be beneficial? Do YouTube’s decision-makers really believe that tweaking their algorithms to support the official story will protect us from bad information?

If so, they are all doubly wrong. First, they are wrong in their unexamined assumption that 9/11 truth and “conspiracy theories” in general are “blatantly false.”

No honest person with critical thinking skills who weighs the merits of the best work on both sides of the question can possibly avoid the realization that the 9/11 truth movement is right.

The same is true regarding the serial assassinations of America’s best leaders during the 1960s. Many other “conspiracy theories,” perhaps the majority of the best-known ones, are also likely true, as readers of Ron Unz’s American Pravda series are discovering.

Second, and less obviously, those who would suppress conspiracy theories are wrong even in their belief that suppressing false conspiracy theories is good public policy.

As Nemeth shows, social science is unambiguous in its finding that any group featuring at least one passionate, radical dissenter will deliberate better, reach sounder conclusions, and act more effectively than it would have without the dissenter. This holds even if the dissenter is wrong - even wildly wrong.



Related: Breaking The Shackles Of Social Conditioning

The overabundance of slick, hypnotic flat earth videos, if they are indeed weaponized cointelpro strikes against the truth movement, may be unfortunate.

But the existence of the occasional flat earther may be more beneficial than harmful. The findings summarized by Nemeth suggest that a science study group with one flat earther among the students would probably learn geography and astronomy better than they would have without the madly passionate dissenter.

We could at least partially solve the real problem - bad groupthink - through promoting genuinely beneficial cognitive diversity.

YouTube algorithms should indeed be tweaked to puncture the groupthink bubbles that emerge based on user preferences.

Someone who watches lots of 9/11 truther videos should indeed be exposed to dissent, in the form of the best arguments on the other side of the issue - not that there are any very good ones, as I have discovered after spending 15 years searching for them!



Related: False Flag Terrorism Isn’t A “Theory”: It’s Admitted And Widespread

But the same goes for those who watch videos that explicitly or implicitly accept the official story.

Anyone who watches more than a few pro-official-story videos (and this would include almost all mainstream coverage of anything related to 9/11 and the “war on terror”) should get YouTube “suggestions” for such videos as September 11: The New Pearl Harbor, 9/11 Mysteries, and the work of Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth.

Exposure to even those “truthers” who are more passionate than critical or well-informed would benefit people who believe the official story, according to Nemeth’s research, by stimulating them to deliberate more thoughtfully and to question facile assumptions.




Related: Electromagnetic Energy In The Air + CIA Whistleblower Speaks Out About Climate Engineering, Vaccination Dangers, 911, And The Government’s Persecution Of Truth-Tellers

The same goes for other issues and perspectives. Fox News viewers should get “suggestions” for good material, especially passionate dissent, from the left side of the political spectrum.

MSNBC viewers should get “suggestions” for good material from the right. Both groups should get “suggestions” to look at genuinely independent, alternative media brimming with passionate dissidents - outlets like the Unz Review!

Unfortunately things are moving in the opposite direction. YouTube’s effort to make “conspiracy videos” invisible is being pushed by powerful lobbies, especially the Zionist lobby, which seems dedicated to singlehandedly destroying the Western tradition of freedom of expression.

Nemeth and colleagues’ findings that “conspiracy theories” and other forms of passionate dissent are not just beneficial, but in fact an invaluable resource, are apparently unknown to the anti-conspiracy-theory cottage industry that has metastasized in the bowels of the Western academy.

The brand-new bible of the academic anti-conspiracy-theory industry is Conspiracy Theories and the People Who Believe Them (Oxford University Press, 2019).



Related: The Opiate Of The Masses: When Religion Becomes An Addiction

Editor Joseph Uscinski’s introduction begins by listing alleged dangers of conspiracism:


"In democracies, conspiracy theories can drive majorities to make horrible decisions backed by the use of legitimate force.

Conspiracy beliefs can conversely encourage abstention. Those who believe the system is rigged will be less willing to take part in it.

Conspiracy theories form the basis for some people’s medical decisions; this can be dangerous not only for them but for others as well. For a select few believers, conspiracy theories are instructions to use violence.”

Uscinski is certainly right that conspiracy theories can incite “horrible decisions” to use “legitimate force” and “violence.” Every major American foreign war since 1846 has been sold to the public by an official theory, backed by a frenetic media campaign, of a foreign conspiracy to attack the United States.

And all of these Official Conspiracy Theories (OCTs) - including the theory that Mexico conspired to invade the United States in 1846, that Spain conspired to sink the USS Maine in 1898, that Germany conspired with Mexico to invade the United States in 1917, that Japan conspired unbeknownst to peace-seeking US leaders to attack Pearl Harbor in 1941, that North Vietnam conspired to attack the US Navy in the Gulf of Tonkin in 1964, and that 19 Arabs backed by Afghanistan, Iraq, Iran, and everybody else Israel doesn’t like conspired to attack the US in 2001 - were false or deceptive.

Well over 100 million people have been killed in the violence unleashed by these and other Official Conspiracy Theories. Had the passionate dissenters been heeded, and the truths they told about who really conspires to create war-trigger public relations stunts been understood, none of those hundred-million-plus murders need have happened.



Related: Propaganda Is The Art Of Overwhelming Logic

Though Conspiracy Theories and the People Who Believe Them generally pathologizes the conspiracy theories of dissidents while ignoring the vastly more harmful theories of official propagandists, its 31 essays include several that question that outlook.

In “What We Mean When We Say ‘Conspiracy Theory’ Jesse Walker, books editor of Reason Magazine, exposes the bias that permeates the field, pointing out that many official conspiracy theories, including several about Osama Bin Laden and 9/11-anthrax, were at least as ludicrously false and delusional as anything believed by marginalized dissidents.

In “Media Marginalization of Racial Minorities: ‘Conspiracy Theorists’ in U.S. Ghettos and on the ‘Arab Street’” Martin Orr and Gina Husting go one step further:

“The epithet ‘conspiracy theorist’ is used to tarnish those who challenge authority and power. Often, it is tinged with racial undertones: it is used to demean whole groups of people in the news and to silence, stigmatize, or belittle foreign and minority voices.” (p.82)

Unfortunately, though Orr and Husting devote a whole section of their article to “Conspiracy Theories in the Muslim World” and defend Muslim conspiracists against the likes of Thomas Friedman, they never squarely face the fact that the reason roughly 80% of Muslims believe 9/11 was an inside job is because the preponderance of evidence supports that interpretation.



Related: "Linkin Park's Chester Bennington Was Murdered" - And Soundgarden's Chris Cornell Was Also Likely To Have Been 'Suicided' In Illuminati Ritual Killings

Another relatively sensible essay is M R.X. Dentith’s “Conspiracy Theories and Philosophy,” which ably deconstructs the most basic fallacy permeating the whole field of conspiracy theory research: the a priori assumption that a “conspiracy theory” must be false or at least dubious:


"If certain scholars (i.e. the majority represented in this book! - KB) want to make a special case for conspiracy theories, then it is reasonable for the rest of us to ask whether we are playing fair with our terminology, or whether we have baked into our definitions the answers to our research programs.”
(p.104).

Unfortunately, a few pages later editor Joseph Uscinski sticks his fingers in his ears and plays deaf and dumb, claiming that:


"The establishment is right far more often than conspiracy theories, largely because their methods are reliable. When conspiracy theorists are right, it is by chance.”

He adds that conspiracy theories will inevitably “occasionally lead to disaster” (whatever that means). (p.110).

I hope Uscinski finds the time to read Nemeth’s In Defense of Troublemakers and consider the evidence that passionate dissent is helpful, not harmful. And I hope he will look into the issues Ron Unz addresses in his American Pravda series.

Then again, if he does, he may find himself among those of us exiled from the academy and publishing in The Unz Review.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Q-Phenomenon For More Consciousness
February 12 2019 | From: FinalWakeupCall

Two different governments at work simultaneously: The Draining of the Swamp - Sleeping masses delay the Plan & The Plan Exposed



Wake Up Folks: President Donald Trump has a role to play in exposing the Deep State cabal; the “dark” criminal people who are doing everything possible to keep humanity from waking up.

Related: Basics of the #QAnon Phenomenon

They’re desperate and they are pulling out all the stops to prevent the change into a better world for all of us.

The cabal hate humanity because they fear humanity as they know what humanity’s true capabilities are and that’s why they’ve gone all out to destroy us through Big Pharma’s poisoning pills; so-called “Health care’s” obstructive methods to healing; toxic fluoridated water; processed foods with toxic chemicals; soft drinks with dangerous sugars and sweeteners; chemtrails that destroy the environment; an education system full of lies, to name just a few facts.

They want followers, not leaders. They don’t want people questioning anything, while we should in actual fact question everything!

President Donald Trump is fulfilling the most dangerous and difficult task ever; the draining of the Deep State swamp, while being surrounded by and dealing with gangs on every level in government at home and abroad.



Related: Who Is QAnon? An Introduction To The QAnon Phenomenon #QAnon #GreatAwakening

He has to deal with criminal financial, political, professional, and military gangs.

All these gangs are the result of worldwide corruption in governments, the criminal monetary system, corrupt financial institutions and immoral corporate interests, motivated and guided through secret societies.

President Donald Trump went through the very difficult and dangerous process of testing the “state of mind” of those closest to him, with the aim of determining who is telling the truth, who is compromised, who is corrupt, who is a viable ally, and most important, who is a deceitful enemy.

The powerful forces within the Deep State are massively organised against Trump and the population. They control most of the mainstream media and most of the Security Community.

Even Donald Trump’s administration has a nest of warmongers that together constitutes a full-blown war cabinet. These forces are always involved with their self-created battles, wars, taxes and tariffs.



Related: QAnon Links US Attorney With Thousands Of Sealed Indictments Decimating The Deep State

They also enforce prohibitions; do-this and don’t-do-that. They operate on old-fashioned mind control programming. A trade war is just as phony as a war on drugs, a war on crime, or a war on terror. None are worth fighting.

And none are winnable. They are all designed to reward the elites at the peoples’ expense.


Two Different Governments at Work Simultaneously

The Deep State Shadow Government wants war. Consequently, their puppets in Congress promote war. The impression that is given, is that the Trump administration is preparing for war, which isn’t the case.

Remember there are two different governments at work; the Deep State Shadow - and the Trump administration. This makes it very difficult for the not fully awakened outsiders to understand what really is going on.

As both are acting as though they are the legal Government at almost the same time and level.

For example; the attack on Syria two years ago executed by the Trump administration, was secretly targeted at an empty airfield, to provide the Khazarian government the impression they were in control.



Related: Core Edicts Of The Khazarian Mafia Top Command (Part III)

Now, again with Venezuela; the Khazarians want to send in the army to confiscate the oil reserves as their compensation for the losses in the Middle East.

The Trump administration countered this evil by recognising the Khazarian puppet Juan Guaido as a possible next president, to avoid the intervention of Khazarian mercenaries.

Intervention in Venezuela’s internal affairs is meant, being able to repeat the infamous regime changes similar to that which spread chaos in Libya and Iraq.

Nevertheless, Trump and the patriots keep pushing their own agenda in Venezuela, like in North Korea and Syria, by giving the Khazarian Deep State what they want.

Venezuela has over 300 billion barrels worth of oil, the world’s largest oil reserves, which is the reason why efforts are undertaken to remove first Chavez, and now President Nicolas Maduro from power.



Related: China Launches Petro-Yuan To Challenge Greenback’s Dominance

Because this oil is needed by the Khazarian mafia to backup their petrodollar system, in order to maintain control of the international financial system, that they already have lost, as President Trump is in possession of the financial magic wand.

The entire government has been corrupted and undermined by banksters. The populace has been misled, deceived, and plundered by banksters.

World currencies have been manipulated for political and economic advantage by bankers, which are consequently approved by corrupt governments and supported and enforced by corrupt military and law enforcement officials.

Above and beyond currencies, other commodity supplies like precious metals and oil also have been rigged in the same way with same results and for the same reasons.

The elite bankers and their political and military parasites get rich and everyone else has to foot the bill. The source of all this evil is their love for money and power.



Related: The Great Transition: The Shadow Ruling Force Behind The Central Banks Secrecy Is Repugnant In A Free
And Open Society

People have been deluded and deceived by these clowns and have been fed a steady diet of disinformation and false history, like the propaganda in public schools, to the degree that a great part of the population is living in a world that literally does not exist, except in their minds.

Wake up, and see what is really happening around you. Everyone of us needs to be freed from debt slavery once and for all.


The Draining of the Swamp

All this assorting and sieving yields loads of gross disinformation, propaganda and outright lies that are being pumped in the direction of Trump from every corner of the globe. It takes time to cut through all the garbage, which is being drained at a record pace.

Rest assured, in two years’ time, over hundreds of years of accumulated garbage and deception has been practically fully cleaned out.



Related: Federal Reserve Has Declared Economic War On America In Order To Destroy Trump

Last year, Trump tweeted about shutting down the Federal Reserve, as the Federal Reserve has been operating without a licence since 2009 and should have been shut down a decade ago, if not never established in the first place. However, Obama allowed them to continue merrily, taxing the people on the one hand and counterfeiting and inflating the currencies on the other.

President Trump’s goal is to completely “drain the swamp” in Washington, D.C. But it has been a legal nightmare for the Trump administration, as officially, there’s not much the president can do.

There are hundreds of thousands of employees that work inside the government and many are Deep State operatives that diligently work against the Trump Team at every turn.

It’s almost impossible to fire government employees. It simply doesn’t matter how incompetent, disloyal or lazy a federal employee is.


Once in a job, it is extremely difficult to remove them, unless federal employees remain absent from their posts for a period of over 30 days; this in accordance with the law
.



Related: Prepare For Emergency Action In The World: The Orchestrated Assault On Your Mind, The West And President Trump Is Approaching Its Final Chapter

With this in mind, President Trump and team made a very clever move by closing the government for more than 30 days.

So, after 30 days, thanks to this law, the Trump administration is now free to discharge anyone they want from their contract legally, and this pertains to approximately 80% of the ‘work force’.

The White House can do so without reason, which saves a lot of paperwork; without threats of lawsuits, mass walkouts, or strikes. President Trump can finally start the large-scale draining of the swamp.

Meanwhile the plan has slightly been changed to trap Nancy Pelosi and Chuck Schumer in their own anti-border wall campaign.

They only wanted to negotiate with President Trump if the government were reopened. So, Trump trapped the Deep State Pelosi on their own wall issue by reopening the government for three weeks. No matter which path they are choosing, the wall is going to be built.


Sleeping Masses Delay the Plan

Take into consideration and understand how difficult it is to live in a world of people which are fast asleep.

Most of Trump’s time is spent waking up the masses by speaking repeatedly about the Federal Reserve Bank, the Clinton Foundation, the fake news media, the phony political partisan games and many more important fraudulent activities.



Related: The Carbonaro Effect: Magician Reveals How Fake News Media Indoctrinates The Gullible Masses With Junk
Science

This is all done so that people become familiar with the reality of that which has been going on for far too long.

Evil thrives and flourishes when people are ignorant and doing nothing to investigate and uncover the truth! Indeed, unfortunately too many people are doing nothing.

All they seem to be able to do, is to criticise President Trump for doing too little, even go so far as accusing Trump of being part of the cabal clan.

This really is quite appalling. If they had made the effort to do a little research themselves, they would have known better.

Their state of deep slumber gives rise to no more and no less than a propagated belief system, while they too have the power to change things. By ignoring the evil, they remain on the side lines, being easily deceived by the lies and propaganda.

For example; Bankers are crooks who make money out of thin air. Likewise; Lawyers are people that make laws out of thin air. Both are headquartered in The City of London, a separate City State, like the Vatican and Washington DC.



Related: The Global Power Hierarchy: Three City States Control The World

Politics diverts peoples’ attention away from the Truth, by purporting beliefs made up out of thin air.

Pope Francis and all his predecessors, have their fingers deep in the monetary fraud scheme pie. They and Queen Elisabeth II, the privately-owned Vatican Bank, the national Banks of England, Scotland, France, Canada, and many other banks, have benefited themselves at the taxpayers’ expense via this institutionalised fraud scheme.

The taxpayers’ hard-earned money is transferred through The Rothschild-owned Central Bank to their privately-owned Bank of London, where it then is given to the privately-owned Vatican Bank and from there it is dispersed over their other Central Banks across the globe.

In the process, insiders’ pockets are lined handsomely and those of large corporations. Thereafter, these tax monies have to be borrowed back to finance their own governments with interest attached.

In other words; taxpayers have to borrow back their own - previously - paid tax money, but with interest charges added.

Be assured that almost every allied government has been involved in this scam, which will be proven once the central bank books are independently audited worldwide.



Related: Governments Are Corporations & The Gold Standard Will Break Up The Banking Cartel


The Plan Exposed

The Plan includes taking down the Deep State, including the Rothschild Banker Cabal’s money system, that owns and runs the Federal Reserve, and all other central banks worldwide, the IRS, tax agencies, treasuries, the IMF, BIS, World Bank, UN and countless other cabal-owned institutions: This will end the Deep State’s resources, their funding and thereby ultimately, their influence.

The Vatican Bank has been underwriting a corrupt banking system under its ancient Ruling Laws pertaining to unoccupied commonwealth properties. Multi-national banks were operating as security investment firms, whereas each bank controls patents and certain portions of the overall system.

Our overwhelming, uncontrollable and unstoppable mass awakening is what the world’s ruling elite fears the most, since we greatly outnumber them and their associates. They do not know how to deal with us, even with their advanced technologies.



Related: Propaganda, Human Consciousness, And The Future Of Civilization

So, the real question is, how do we become conscious? Actually, it is quite simple; you become conscious by choosing it. By acting on meaningful coincidences: Act on all that moves and inspires people. Act on and take action by listening to your inner-voice, coming from your soul; pay attention to intuitive feelings and drive.

Consciousness means coming from the heart, getting in touch with your intuition and consequently reaching a state of intuitive knowing. Hence, in contrast to accessing the internet, consciousness allows us to access our ‘inner net.’

Choosing to become conscious means detaching from the mind control programming; escaping the effects of the physical, mental, emotional and spiritual prison woven around us by governmental oppression.


The Conspiracy Theorists

The term “conspiracy theory” was created in the 1960’s with the purpose of deterring people from questioning the “official storyline” regarding President JFK’s assassination.

That has continued to be used with regard to UFO’s, alien life on Earth and elsewhere, 9/11, the Secret Space Programs, Black Budget money, the Deep State cabal, to name but a few. There are simply far too many subjects to name them all.



Related: Gene Roddenberry Based Star Trek On Secret US Navy Space Fleet

The terminology is used to discredit people who shine a light on the dark. It has been quite effective for those who are still asleep, sailing through life in blissful unawareness. It seems to strike fear in these people, so they walk away from anyone trying to show them or tell them the truth by shining a light on the dark.

The “un-awakened” and “unaware” even become angry and critical of those trying to show them the truth. They have been very well-trained to be faithful “sheep”, even warriors of the grand deception, thanks to frequent “mind-control” techniques.

Most of the people go to work on a daily basis and come home to watch their brainwashing TV’s to persist inside the perpetual cycle of their debt slavery system, which is a far cry from reality to say the very least.

Wake up and notice; that always and everywhere, the real purpose of government is, to enable the few to exploit the many. The money system is a clever way of doing so; President Trump’s trade barriers are much less subtle. The modern world of industry, commerce, and investment works on win-win software.

Never before in world history has such a great responsibility fallen onto the shoulders of a single person as was accepted by Donald Trump.



Related: Donald Trump Twenty-Four Months On…

Never before have ‘We the People’ been called upon to act in unison with deliberation to prevent the outbreak of world war.

Hopefully, the provided background facts will improve people’s consciousness and inspiring readers to investigate news, using discernment and neglecting all negative information circulating about President Trump, the Patriots and Q-Anon.

Be positive and happy in Truth, understanding that finally, after tens of thousands of years, our slavery is coming to an end. It will become a better world for all of us.

However, unfortunately many people don’t want to hear the truth! The best thing one can do at this point in time is to inform oneself by undertaking the necessary research.

A good guide with detailed explanations and countless links for in-depth research, can be found here. Share this information with anyone who is, or can be, awake you know about.

The earlier we all are liberated. For the time being, the sleepers are still the biggest obstacle to the success of this historical revolution.

Related: Q Map with Videos UPDATE Simplied Top Level View


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Judge Implicates Rothschild Family Partners In Elitist Sex Cult
February 11 2019 | From: CollectiveEvolution / Various

In March of last year, Smallville actress Allison Mack was ‘outed’ for being a member of a cult and working in a management capacity.



Apparently, Mack’s job was to lure women into the program under the false pretense of female empowerment and self-help workshops.

Related: All The World’s A Cult


In Brief:

The Facts: Smallville actress Allison Mack, and others are being 'protected' by billionaire Clair Bronfman, a family that has close ties to the Rothschild family, in the form of a defense fund. A judge has ordered a full disclosure of all who are contributing.

Reflect On: How many examples need to come out of politics, Hollywood, the Vatican, etc. for this topic not to be conspiracy and to spark a full, open and transparent investigation? What are our 'leaders' and 'role models' actually engaged in?

They were then convinced them to sign up for a more “advanced program” called Dominus Obsequious Sororium, which required these women to basically turn their lives over to the leader, Keith Raniere.

Dominus Obsequious Sororium is a quasi-Latin phrase that roughly translates to “Master Over The Slave Women.”

Raniere owns a company called NXIVM, which supposedly offers executive success programs, but clearly, that’s not the case. Raniere was also arrested, along with Mack, in March 2018 in Mexico on charges of sex trafficking.


He stands accused of raping girls as young as 12 years old, imprisoning a woman for 18 months, and more. He has been kept in federal custody in New York.




Related: The Luciferian Vatican Empire Is Imploding & As Many As 8 Million Children Are Kidnapped And Trafficked Into Sex Slavery Every Year By Global Pedophile Networks – Of Which Many Politicians Are Members

A few months after these revelations, billionaire Clare Bronfman was indicted on racketeering charges. These charges were connected to her role as “Operations Director” for NXIVM. Clare Bronfman is the daughter of Charles Bronfman, a Canadian / American businessman and philanthropist.

The Bronfman family has been referred to as the “The Rothschilds of the New World” by author Peter C. Newman, a well-known Canadian journalist and writer.

The Bronfman family has also been in business with the Rothschild family for quite some time.

One of many examples is their wealth management company, Bronfman Rothschild, which began in 1997 as Virchow Krause Wealth Management. After being rebranded as Baker Tilly Investment Advisors in 2009, the firm was then purchased together by the Bronfman and Rothschild families in 2013.

This is interesting to note because of the rumours regarding elite families like the Rothschilds and their involvement in elite level sex trafficking, pedophilia, and ritualistic abuse, which is a growing issue amongst global leaders and elitist groups including the Vatican.



Related: Australia: A New Church Pedophile Scandal Erupts & Vatican's 3rd Most Powerful Figure, Cardinal Pell,
Charged With Multiple Sex Assaults


Proof of the Vatican’s ties to these types of crimes has already emerged, with George Pell being the latest example; however, concrete proof of the Rothschilds and the Rockefellers involvement has yet to surface. But I feel it’s important to note these connections.

The most recent update in regards to the NXIVM case is that the prosecutors have now come forward saying that this billionaire heir (Clare) is protecting her partners with massive amounts of money through a defence trust fund.

As many of you reading this may know, these powers completely control mainstream news, which is why you won’t see much of this discussed by their media mouthpieces. 

Nevertheless, it’s become too public to hide or try to cover up.

The New York Post recently reported:


"A Brooklyn federal judge is hauling the members of upstate sex cult Nxivm into court - saying he’s found some “issues” with a defense fund that prosecutors claim was set up by Seagrams heiress Clare Bronfman to help her cronies at the upcoming trial.

Prosecutors have said Bronfman set up the irrevocable trust to keep her fellow cultists in line as they head to trial by paying for top-notch defense attorneys.

Judge Nicholas Garaufis held an initial hearing on the issue last month, where he ruled that documentation related to everyone contributing to the trust must be turned over."

The key statement here is “everyone contributing to the trust.”



Related: An Illustrated History Of The House Of Rothschild: 1743 - 2006 & The Illuminati Grand Plan

Bronfman has been outed as aiding cult leader Raniere to run his “self help” group, which prosecutors are alleging contained a secret inner circle of masters and slaves.

It will be interesting to see who else is contributing to the trust if their names are disclosed to the public.


Ritual Abuse

Although it’s not mentioned, what we are seeing here is ritualistic abuse at elite levels being sponsored by the richest people in the world. 

Anybody who has looked into this subject knows just how big this issue has become, and how it drips all the way from the top, from the Vatican to the Royal Families, bleeding down into the world of the financial elite and into various sectors of governments. At least that’s my opinion based on my research.

This is why former United States Department of State official Steve Pieczenik recently tweeted that elite level pedophilia rings are “not shocking.” You can read more about that tweet here.



Related: New Zealand’s ‘Elite’ Child Abuse Rings Exposed

This information is also being exposed in the mainstream like never before.

One example is the NBC news report that implicated Hillary Clinton in covering up a massive pedophile ring in the heart of the State Department, and another is that multiple ex-high ranking political officials claimed that both of the Clintons have engaged in sex with minors, pointing toward their close relationship with Jeffrey Epstein (who also has Royal Family connections).

Epstein is now a registered sex offender, and thanks to his ‘Lolita Express,’ he’s exposed many other political figures and elitists involvement in these crimes as well.

Why is this important to know? It gives us insight into who leaders, politicians and people we give our power away to are in their current state. This is crucial in our awakening as you’ll see in these videos.

When it comes to the Vatican, similar activities have been going on for several years.

Right now, the Pope’s right-hand man, George Pell, is in court fighting sexual assault charges, and a massive pedophile ring has been exposed where hundreds of boys were tortured and sexually abused, and Pope Benedict’s brother was at the forefront of all of that controversy.



Related: The Vatican Has Paid Nearly $4 Billion To Settle For Children Harmed By Sexual Abuse

You can read more about that here.  In fact, multiple Catholic priests have exposed Satanism and ritualistic abuse within the Vatican.

Vladimir Putin has also made comments in regards to Satanism and pedophilia within Western politics. You can read more about that here.

Not long ago, Australian Prime Minister Scott Morrison provided insight on this topic:


"The crimes of ritual sexual abuse happened in schools, churches, youth groups, scout troops, orphanages, foster homes, sporting clubs, group homes, charities, and in family homes as well.
"

You can read more about that here.

Child sexual abuse is often systemic, organized, and highly promoted in many corners of the world by a central power structure that remains hidden from sight.



Related: Detective Publishes Book Exposing High-Level Pedophile Ring, Shot In The Head & More

The thing about it is that governments are often part of the problem, and the institutions we’re supposed to trust to stop these acts refuse to do anything about it.

The International Tribunal For Natural Justice is doing some good work in this area. Be sure to check them out if you’re interested.


The Takeaway

Allison Mack may be at the forefront of this sex cult, but she could also be a victim. For all we know, she could simply be taking the fall and is just another brainwashed slave that needs help, not punishment.

One thing that can’t be denied is that this type of activity has been going on in elitist circles for decades, including the people we elect and call our leaders. Many of these people are those in power and those who control our resources.

Despite all of these atrocities coming to light, it’s truly amazing to see this level of transparency surfacing within the mainstream.

The veils that were once used to blind and manipulate the masses are finally beginning to thin.



Related: Death By Hanging From A Doorknob - The Signature Of Pedophilia-Related Assassinations? Eleven People So
Far - Who Knew Doorknobs Could Be So Deadly? & Pedophilia Is More Common Than You Think

It can be hard to imagine any benefits resulting from such disheartening crimes, but the interview linked above with Anneke goes deep into the spiritual aspects of this issue and the overall transition that’s happening on this planet.

Disclosure is increasing, and not just regarding sex crimes, but in many other industries including Big Pharma and Big Food

All of this is helping people get a clearer picture of what’s actually happening on our planet, who is in control, and why we need to shift power away from the financial elite and corrupt politicians and back to the people who have humanity’s best interests at heart.


Related Articles:

Another Huge Vatican Linked Pedophile Ring Has Been Exposed

316 Pages on Mormon Child Sex Abuse (Pedophilia)

The Exploitation of “Drag Kid” Desmond Is Amazing

DOJ probes handling of Epstein sex abuse case, has ties to Clintons & Mueller FBI

You can now buy blood harvested from young people in America … “Young blood” for sale in San Francisco

Why We Need To Stop Bashing R. Kelly If We Want To Stop Teen Sexual Abuse & Pedophilia


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Mainstream Media Assaults On Freedom Of Speech: “The Truth” Is No Longer “Important” & Google: Time To Kill Free Speech
February 10 2019 | From: GlobalResearch / RedHeartland / Various

Alternative news sources have come under sustained attacks.



The New York Times unveiled a new slogan early in 2017 titled, “The truth is more important now than ever.”

Related: Incredible: Professor’s Defense Of Free Speech Leaves Regressive Leftist Literally Speechless

It has acquired a seemingly noble motto but a perhaps contentious one if we examine the Times’ recent history.

Two international law specialists, Howard Friel and Richard Falk, published a book after the 2003 Invasion of Iraq called The Record of the Paper, which has scarcely been reviewed.

Friel and Falk focused on the Times due to the newspaper’s importance.

The authors point out that in 70 Times editorials on Iraq – from September 11, 2001 to March 20, 2003 – the words “international law” and “UN Charter” were never mentioned. The “truth” did not seem terribly “important” as the Times stood idly by in the destruction of Iraq.

Such was the barrage of propaganda directed at the American public that 69% believed Saddam Hussein was “personally involved” in the September 11 attacks.



Related: If You Limit ANY Free Speech, This Is What You Get

That is a significant achievement in manipulation. The poll results must have been news to the Iraqi dictator himself, a forgotten one-time American ally.

Why Hussein would take it upon himself to orchestrate a surprise attack on the United States, of all nations, is anyone’s guess. Perhaps if he had a death wish but as later events proved he was not the suicidal type.

The Times was not alone in its position of selling the Iraq war to the American people, as television networks from Fox News to CBS and CNN were overwhelmingly pro-war.

Fox News, owned by Rupert Murdoch – who strongly backed the illegal conflict – placed a permanent US flag in the corner of the screen.

Fox employees were compelled to describe the invasion as “Operation Iraqi Freedom”, with hundreds of thousands of Iraqis later being killed.





On the Vital Necessity of Free Speech







Related: Then They Came For The Memes

The pattern continues into other illegitimate interventions as the liberal Guardian newspaper championed the demolition of Libya in 2011, with editorials imploring, “The quicker Muammar Gaddafi falls, the better.”

The Guardian encouraged NATO “to tip the military balance further against Gaddafi”, while later that year summarising that “it has turned out, so far, reasonably well” – by that point thousands had been killed.

In 2015 Ian Birrell, then deputy editor of the Independent, still assured his readers, “I would argue that Britain and France were right to step in [in Libya]. The failures came later on.”

Apparently it was fine for two old imperial powers to “step in” to shatter a sovereign nation, then afterwards absolve the invaders of blame with “the failures” only coming “later on”.

Sceengrab from The Independent

Related: War by Media and the Triumph of Propaganda

It’s a rare thing indeed to hear a prominent commentator question the balance of Western mainstream coverage.

The same voices can be heard piping up when alternative news sources take a different line not so palatable to their tastes.

Nick Cohen, writing in the Guardian, accused the network Russia Today (RT) of being a “propaganda channel” and that Russia was “prostituting journalism”. In the following sentence, Cohen describes the BBC and New York Times as being “reputable news organisations”.

Cohen firmly supported the Iraq war, writing at the time that “the Left betrays the Iraqi people by opposing war”, and “an American invasion offers the possibility of salvation”.

He was deemed not to be “prostituting journalism” in backing this violation of international law, nor when later supporting other interventions in Libya and Syria.

The BBC’s reputation, which Cohen previously claimed to be “reputable”, was dealt a blow when it was revealed by Cardiff University that the network “displayed the most ‘pro-war’ agenda of any broadcaster” with its coverage on the Iraq invasion.




Democrat Congressman Admits He’d ‘Love to Regulate’ Free Speech






Related: ‘Think Tanks’ are Among Top Culprits in Media Disinfo Crisis

Steven Erlanger of the New York Times described RT as “an agent of Kremlin policy” used to “undermine Western democracies” and to “destabilise the West” – failing to back up the claims with any evidence.

To gain perspective on these attacks, it may be worth pointing out a key excerpt from the First Amendment of the US Constitution: “Congress shall make no law… abridging [curtailing] the freedom of speech, or of the press.”

This law does not exist in Western democracies but attempts at limiting freedom of expression continue apace, while attacks on alternative media outlets by institutions of power grow.

It has reached a point whereby the French president Emmanuel Macron, shortly after assuming office, publicly attacked legitimate news sources of “behaving like deceitful propaganda”.

Perhaps the hidden concern about RT, for example, is its continued increase in both popularity and scope – with the channel enjoying a total weekly viewership of 70 million people and rising.



Related: Tyranny And Free Speech

RT is available to viewers in Western heartlands such as Britain and the US, with eight million Americans watching the station each week.

It represents quite an achievement that a channel with the word “Russia”, featured in its title, can attract viewers in their millions, despite the growing anti-Russian sentiment espoused by the powers-that-be.

It is revealing that elite figures like Hillary Clinton have lamented in the past;


“We are in an information war and we are losing that war.”

For the first time in history, populations have broad access to alternative news angles – points of view that they likely find of a more balanced nature. Gone is the unchallenged monopoly on the public mind.


Related Articles:

Free Speech: I'm a bit happier now than I was a few weeks ago

Truth and Free Speech Are Being Taken Away From Us

How Psychopaths See the World

The Shutdown of White Heterosexual Males and Free Speech




Google: Time To Kill Free Speech

According to an 85-page internal company briefing fittingly titled “The Good Censor,” the American tradition of free speech is not an option.



In the briefing, Google acknowledges that it and other Silicon Valley platforms “control the majority of online conversations” and have actively taken a “shift towards censorship” in the wake of the 2016 presidential election and the rise of the political right in Europe.

Related: RT Brings You A New Censorship Buster & Google Admits In Court Documents That It Believes Free Speech Is “Disastrous” For Society

Google has since tried to play it off as internal research and not an official company position…you know, like it’s official company policy to not censor conservatives. We’ll take this an admission of guilt.

Here’s more from Breitbart:


“An internal company briefing produced by Google and leaked exclusively to Breitbart News argues that due to a variety of factors, including the election of President Trump, the “American tradition” of free speech on the internet is no longer viable.

Despite leaked video footage showing top executives declaring their intention to ensure that the rise of Trump and the populist movement is just a “blip” in history, Google has repeatedly denied that the political bias of its employees filter into its products.”

But the 85-page briefing, titled “The Good Censor,” admits that Google and other tech platforms now “control the majority of online conversations” and have undertaken a “shift towards censorship” in response to unwelcome political events around the world.

Examples cited in the document include the 2016 election and the rise of Alternative for Deutschland (AfD) in Germany.

Responding to the leak, an official Google source said the document should be considered internal research, and not an official company position.

Related: CNN Is an Enemy of Free Speech, a Fascist Censor and an Apologist for War Criminals


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Cancer Industry Plotting To Destroy The New Cancer Cure Developed By Israeli Scientists - The Attacks Have Already Begun
February 9 2019 | From: NaturalNews

The moment that Israeli scientists announced they had discovered a universal cancer cure that worked with a single injection and required no toxic chemotherapy, radiation therapy or surgery, I said to myself, “The cancer industry is going to destroy this team of scientists.”



In exactly the same way that the scientists who announced the discovery of cold fusion in 1989 were vilified and slandered out of existence, the cancer establishment will destroy, discredit and defame any scientist who dares go public with the truth about reversing or curing cancer. (Read Cancer.news for daily news updates on cancer therapies that work.)

Related: Introduction / Overview: The ‘Healing Computer’ Technology

In fact, the attacks on the Israeli scientists have already begun (see below.)


“Our cancer cure will be effective from day one, will last a duration of a few weeks and will have no or minimal side-effects at a much lower cost than most other treatments on the market,” lead researcher Dan Aridor told the Jerusalem Post.

“We believe we will offer in a year’s time a complete cure for cancer.”

Almost immediately, the cancer establishment - run by wealthy, treacherous liars and villains who profit by denying humanity access to cancer prevention and cancer reversal treatments - began a massive negative P.R. campaign to smear the Israeli scientists.

This campaign will continue to escalate until these scientists are declared fraudsters and quacks, denied all funding and completely vilified on Wikipedia, Scientific American and everywhere else.

This is how the cancer establishment operates.

The cancer industry works overtime to vilify and destroy the careers of all scientists who discover cancer cures.



Related: Modern Life Is Killing Our Children: UK Cancer Rate In Young People Up 40% In 16 Years + 12 Things A Cancer Doctor Should Never Say

Have no doubts that these medical researchers will be vilified, de-funded, publicly smeared, defamed and ultimately labeled a fraud.

This is how the cancer industry - and the vaccine industry - always operates: Keep the disease going, and smear anyone who attempts to help humanity.

Why do you think Natural News is smeared by the cancer establishment? For all the same reasons: We help people reverse cancer, avoid cancer and stay healthy without resorting to toxic chemotherapy interventions that actually cause cancer.

Make no mistake: The last thing the cancer industry would ever want is a CURE for cancer. It would cost them billions in annual profits and put millions of people out of work worldwide.

In fact, the cancer industry does everything in its power to make sure cancer continues to get worse. Nearly every cancer “treatment” offered by the medical establishment, for example, is widely known to cause more cancer. (Chemotherapy and radiation.)



Related: Dangerous Products That We’re Unknowingly Using In Our Day-To-Day Life + The Cancer Risk To People Who Drink Chlorinated Water Is 93% Higher Than Those Who Don’t

The cancer industry is a parasite on humanity, and it actively works against anyone who tries to educate the public about cancer prevention or help save lives with cancer reversal strategies that don’t make patients sick.



Related: Monsanto May Soon Face A Flood Of Lawsuits From Cancer Victims Of Roundup Herbicide

Watch my full report in this week’s hard-hitting Counterthink episode. Each week, I post a new Counterthink video that dares to tell the truth about a crucial issue that’s impacting our lives right now.

This week’s episode covers the Israeli cancer cure and why the for-profit cancer industry is working double time to try to discredit and destroy the work of the Israeli scientists who made their announcement.



Read more news about cancer at Cancer.news.


Related Articles:

Faking Medical Reality

Melanoma (skin cancer) found to be easily prevented with low-cost Vitamin B-3

Cancer Cure Suppressed for 80 Years: They’re Finally Admitting Royal Rife Was Right

Too much testing is dangerous: Prostate cancer screening does NOT save lives, puts men at risk according to groundbreaking study

These foods KILL cancer cells better than chemotherapy

The Truth About Chemotherapy – Toxic Poison or Cancer Cure?

How ironic: Chemotherapy can actually trigger the spread of cancer in adjacent areas, science confirms

Over a million people DIE from chemotherapy every year, but only 750,000 pass away from cancer – what’s WRONG with this picture?

The gold standard of medical tests is fake

Drug company created massive network of fake cancer patients to sell lucrative prescriptions while bribing doctors


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

European Union In Decay & More
February 8 2019 | From: FinalWakeUpCall

The Yellow Vest Movement; The Destruction of Western Civilisation; Brexit is Inevitable; Our Liberation from the EU-World Prison; Changing the Monetary Guard



Maybe you are desperately trying to live by the mantra of “positivity thinking kills negativity,” or don’t want to appear like an ungrateful jerk when you receive the 3rd wedding invitation in the mail after your last messy breakup.

Related: Global Alliance Moving For A Checkmate Versus The Deep State


Anti-EU Forces

The unelected puppets in Brussels have every reason to be concerned about their future.

The Anti-EU forces are expected to greatly expand their grip. With Donald Trump as US President, the pro-European Muslim integration forces are facing big problems.

While trying to hold Eurosceptics at bay and with Europeans having had enough of being the slaves of Brussels, the establishment forces have to shift their policies towards national interests, a lesser role for the EU and its supranational structures.

People are unhappy; more than unhappy, they are angry.

They are demonstrating against Angela Merkel’s immigration policy, while the peaceful protesters are violently oppressed by police forces. Europe has become a highly authoritarian state of spineless cabal vassals.



Related: Trump Slams NATO And EU, Threatens BMW With Tax; Prepared To "Cut Ties" With Merkel + More On NWO Fall & Joe Biden Warns That The Progressive Democratic World Order Is At Risk Of Collapse

Italy, Austria, Hungary, Bulgaria and Moldavia all voted for leaders who are against Merkel’s immigrant policy, called for the lifting of the sanctions and for improving relations with Russia.

Western big business has started to re-invest in Russia. They would never risk doing this if they were uncertain their investments would pay off.


EU is A Sinking Ship

Europeans can’t seem to imagine a libertarian alternative of private charities, limited government, minimal taxes, an unregulated economy, intellectual and psychological freedoms. This is another reason the EU-Continent is a sinking ship.

The average person is not even aware that the country known as Italy today was only created in 1861, as a consolidation of many completely independent and very different entities that had been separate states since the collapse of the Roman Empire.

Germany was only unified in 1871, out of scores of principalities, dukedoms, baronies, and so on. Both of the above mentioned unifications were very bad ideas; World Wars 1 and 2 are just the tip of the iceberg of a long list of reasons why that’s true.



Related: Exposed: The Nazi Roots Of The European Union

There are over 200 nation-states in the world. The Globalist “elite,” the Deep State, and organisations like the EU in Brussels, would like to see a much smaller number of more powerful states, steadily moving forward towards a one-world government that they control.

But the actual trend, emanating from the spirit of the people, is in the opposite direction. The trend is the disintegration of nation-states everywhere.

There are separatist movements in big Western European countries, like the Basques and Catalans in Spain. And the Scots from the United Kingdom, who wish they weren’t quite so united with the UK.

There are many separatist movements, rarely reported in the mass media, truly dozens of secession movements throughout Europe and indeed, around the globe.


The Destruction of Western Civilisation

The breakup of the EU and the end of the Euro is just a matter of time and it could happen a lot faster than anyone expects

The EU is already dying financially, with all the debt bankrupting governments, businesses and individuals. It is sinking economically, weighted down with oppressive regulations and taxation.

It also is being strangled demographically, with birth rates far below replacement levels, except among African and Muslim immigrants, who are not integrating and causing excessive tensions and apprehension among the Europeans.

The main reason for the social stress being that millions of migrants seem to expect free food, shelter, clothing, money, the rape of women, and hanging around in coffee houses all day long to complain.

The EU has long been a hotbed of religious, ethnic and racial wars. The Soros NGO-subsidised migration of Muslims and Africans into the EU is going to be one of the biggest problems for the next generation.



Related: Prime Minister Of Hungary: George Soros “Has Ruined” Millions Of Lives & George Soros Battles $10B Lawsuit, Familiar Charges Of Wielding Political Influence

It’s a sure thing that not just millions, but tens of millions of “feet people” and “boat people” are going to try to overrun Europe. If they are accepted and resettled, it will destroy what’s left of Western Civilisation.

If it is prevented, it could result in millions of deaths, and be quite a scandal. It is not known how this will end, but it’s going to be a big, ugly catastrophe.

The Euro is doomed. It will reach its intrinsic value of zero. The euro will likely cease to exist by the end of the decade, most likely sooner than later. The best alternative for the protection of your euro-wealth, of course, is precious metals; gold and silver.

Draghi, who deserves the same fate bestowed on Hillary Clinton, is incompetent, and is acting in a completely predictable manner. It is important to minimise the quantity of your euro’s as much as possible, and to make a plan to get all out as quickly as possible when necessary.

It is likely to get a lot worse.

Rising interest rates, influenced by the stress in the debt markets and the imminent breakdown of the bond market, and higher real unemployment that will result in major problems in the global financial system, will be countered with massive money printing, which will lead to substantially higher levels of debt, as well as a vicious debt-cycle without an exit.


The Yellow Vest Movement

European business has lost all confidence in the Brussels EU Administration’s feeble and generally untrustworthy words.

Many breached their longstanding contracts with Iran, after the unsigned, crooked Iranian Nuclear Deal was not “renewed”, because of feared repercussions from Washington DC and the lack of trust in Brussels’ protection.



Related: France’s Yellow Vest Protesters: Unleash Chaos By Withdrawing All Money From Banks & How The 1% Profit Off Of Racial Economic Inequality

Case in point is the French-British petrol giant Total, which shifted its supply source from Iran to Russia, against Washington’s explicit wishes. However, the damage has been done. The EU-vassals are slowly committing suicide.

More than half of the Europeans want to get out of the maze of Brussels.

That’s why the ‘Yellow Vest” protesters are now up in arms and protesting everywhere in France, Germany, the UK, Belgium, the Netherlands, Italy, Hungary, Poland, New Zealand, with every week more countries following suit. It is being called the new French revolution, and this time, it is Global.

The latest in a series of US attacks on German businesses are the recent threats to German corporations with sanctions if they work on Nord Stream 2, the 1,200 km pipeline to double the capacity of Russian gas being brought to Europe, scheduled for completion by the end of this year.

In France, the Yellow Vests have been protesting since mid-November 2018 and up to now, they have endured 12 consecutive weekends of protests against Merkel’s slave dictator Macron, with his blatant arrogance for his citizenry.

The Yellow Vests and over 80% of the French population want nothing less than Macron’s resignation.

The number of Protesters are consistently and largely under-reported by the French media, as well as most of the world’s Fake Mainstream Media.



Related: If You Question The Establishment You Are Guilty Of Espionage, Says Corporate Media - Because Russia + The “Fake News” Furor And The Threat Of Internet Censorship

Most reporting on the various protests worldwide are kept at a bare minimum, with the emphasis invariably being placed on the number of protesters having been arrested, harmed or even killed.

This is all done by design to sow despondence in the hearts of people contemplating joining the protests.

One could look at this from a different viewpoint, namely; the media’s frenetic abstinence from reporting the truth on protests this widespread, while thousands of people are joining in this fight for our liberty, is a sure sign of their utter desperation.

This should serve as encouragement to persist. This grassroots movement is unstoppable.

To give an example of their fear of the power of the masses, to find out what transpires in the French yellow vest protests, one is forced to follow the RT-news crew where one can learn more about their ongoing efforts in detail.

The official French figure of protesters are 50,000 countrywide, when in reality this figure is at least three to four times higher.



Related: Yellow Vests Becoming World Wide Movement

They massage the numbers so that people believe that the Yellow Vest movement is diminishing, which it is not. Government-hired thugs cause violence, giving the police the green light to intervene with tear gas, water cannons and rubber bullets.

The riot police even shot a Yellow-vest protester in the Head from behind, proving they are carrying loaded, automatic weapons. In confirmation, President Macron is sending an increasing number of armed police to the streets to fight against the Yellow-vests.

RT reports: On Macron’s orders, the police are becoming more violent, using military suppression to control protesting French civilians. Thousands have been arrested, and hundreds injured by police brutality.

Nevertheless, the movement is gaining massive public support and the ‘Yellow Vest” idea is spreading throughout Europe and the globe at large, which is not being reported on in the MSM Polls show that over 80% of the French people back the Yellow Vest-movement and their idea of a Citizen Initiated Referendum (RIC), under which citizens could propose their own laws that would then be voted on by the general public.



Related: Governments: The Enemy Of Freedom & Globalists Interviewed: They Admitted They Controlled The Government

The RIC could effectively bypass the French Parliament and even the EU and would be enshrined in the French Constitution. A similar law exists since 1848 in Switzerland and is regularly applied by Swiss citizens. It is a tool to Direct Democracy and any country calling itself a “democracy”, should include this in its Constitution.


Brexit is Inevitable

With respect to the ever-growing, louder debacle regarding BREXIT, nobody knows what Britain’s future is going to be. Propaganda and counter-propaganda is destined to further confuse the people.

Thousands are taking to the streets of London, organised by the People’s Assembly Against Austerity, calling for general elections to replace Theresa May and her failing Tory Government.


Out of solidarity, they are joined by numerous French Yellow Vests. Meanwhile, many of the UK protesters also wear the highly-conspicuous yellow vests.

Brexit is inevitable and is also irreversible as the Queen officially signed the bill last year under Earth Alliance demands for GESARA compliance.

Queen Elizabeth II has signed the official EU Withdrawal Bill into law, which will make Brexit irreversible and an ‘Act of Parliament’. This massive blow will completely derail George Soros’ campaign for a second referendum.



Related: Trump Foiled Soros’ Master Plan To Impose New World Order + Theresa May: Brexit Britain And Donald Trump Can Lead The World Together

There is even a (Soros paid) movement of pro-EU-protesters, who demonstrate for the outcome of “remaining” in the EU, organised by Soros-funded members of the European Parliament.

For weeks, the Yellow Vest movement has spread across the globe. In Belgium and The Netherlands protests have been growing with the public’s discontent stemming from a similar disgruntlement – public discontent over austerity, EU-dictatorship over Belgian and Dutch sovereignty.

The Central Bank is scaring the people by maintaining that Brexit will be worse, with empty shelves in the shops and severe poverty.

Think mirror, as it is always the opposite of what they say. Britain will prosper once freed from the EU-prison. And that will be an example for all other nations, that want to and are going to leave the EU.

The coalition of the 5-Star Movement in Italy and its smaller, right-wing brother, Lega Norte, is pulled to the far right by Lega’s Matteo Salvini, Deputy Prime Minister and Interior Minister.



Related: European Court Rules NSA Surveillance Practices Violate Human Rights

Anti-immigration, Mr. Salvini is clearly calling the shots – and his alliance is firing strongly against Brussels and with good reason, as Brussels is attempting to impose rules on Italy’s budget, while the same rules do not apply equally to all EU member states.

For example, Macron, France’s Rothschild implant, has special privileges as far as budget overrun margins are concerned. Mr. Salvini’s anti-Brussels, anti-EU stance is no secret, and he has a lot of Italians behind him. A soon to manifest anti-EU Italian Yellow Vest movement is a real possibility.


The EU-Empire’s Vassal Castle is Crumbling

The former Soviet satellites, Hungary and Poland, have also turned against Brussels as they don’t appreciate the interference with their anti-immigration policy, and in Poland the interference regarding a controversial overhaul of the Judiciary system.

Discontent in Poland, as in Hungary of the public at large remains strong. Migration and the Judiciary are only the visible, false pretexts; the legendary tip of the iceberg.

The truth is on a deeper level, much deeper. These countries are both reminded of what they considered the Soviet Union’s handcuffs. “Freedom” will not be dictated by Brussels.



Related: European Court Issues Common Sense Ruling On The Link Between Vaccines And Disease + Robert Kennedy, Jr. Is Right About Vaccines: A Medically Induced 'Holocaust' Is Now Upon Us


Our Liberation from the EU-World Prison

Governments talk endlessly about ‘Freedom’ and the ‘Free World’, all the while they are covertly selling us a prison without the bars.

What they are trying to sell to us is nonsense of course, but we, the people are being forced and coerced to believe it, for fear of us ultimately realising that in truth, we are living in a prison controlled by the few.

The most powerful form of dictatorship and control is the one you cannot see and are not aware of. As the saying of Johann von Goethe goes “None are more hopelessly enslaved as those who falsely believe they are free.”

People are given the illusion of freedom by being allowed to vote, but behind the scenes, the same few are in control whichever party of government is officially voted into office.

Democracy is supposed to be rule by the majority, which is a tyranny in itself, but it is not even that. It is the dictatorship by the few, hiding behind the smoke screen of a ‘free and open society’.



Related: Democracy Is A Front For Central Bank Rule & Financial Starvation In A Fiat Debt Slavery Financial System

The hidden hand pulls the strings of those who appear to be in charge, making decisions.

The whole idea is to deceive the people into believing that they are free when they are fundamentally controlled. Nobody rebels about not being free when they believe that they are free.


If you are in a cell and you can’t see the bars, you think you are free to leave, until one day, you try that is, which most people never do. Now with Brexit, we are discovering that the Brits’ three-year-old referendum is being boycotted by Brussels on behalf of the Central Banks.

The curtain of the puppet masters has been drawn slightly and the true state of our non-existent democracy is being revealed. The masses are slowly waking up to the reality of our imprisonment.

If there is no Brexit deal and Britain leaves the EU, it would greatly prosper.



Related: The Great Transition: The Shadow Ruling Force Behind The Central Banks Secrecy Is Repugnant In A Free And Open Society

The cabal knows full well that every country would do much better without a Central Bank, and that is why they are so worried, meaning Brexit must be averted at all costs. Once one country shows they are doing better, all the other countries will want to follow.

In short; the Liberation of the People of the World is all about removing the cabal criminals and getting them out of the system.

Everything is related through a gigantic web of treason, paedophilia, financial corruption, and widespread criminality, facilitated through infiltration on every level and in all systems of society.

It is worth researching how much has already been accomplished in just two years of Trump in office. Remember, Trump and the patriots cannot bring too much attention to their plans.

The Q-movement was devised and introduced to prepare the people.

If they reveal more, then the enemy will know what the plans are too. By the same token, they don’t want to panic the people, which is why they are very careful about how to proceed.

One cautious step at the time.



Related: Who Is QAnon? An Introduction To The QAnon Phenomenon #QAnon #GreatAwakening


Changing of the Monetary Guard

Today’s Central Bank economy enslaves the people, which is why the transition into a people’s economy is already in progress, making sure we get rid of everything implemented by the old cabal guard.

Remember; President Trump has taken over the cabal’s magic wand, which leaves Central Banksters worrying about their independence. They are nervous about what is coming next as they are not anymore in the driver’s seat.

Trump Team knows the monetary system is breaking down. One can see it happening in real time in the housing market, as prices are falling. There will be a transition from old into new, from fiat Central Bank notes into sovereign gold backed monies.

President Trump and his Alliance are applying the Central Banks’ playbook against them. The CB-illusion is ending. New bilateral trade deals are being made, instead of cabal-WTO-deals.

These trade deals will better withstand the transition, while Trump is using the CB-plan to his advantage, for the good of the people.



Related: More Undeniable Signs That The Global Criminal Cabal Is Going Down + Obama, Hillary Clinton Both Supported Trump’s Plan To Stop Migrants At Border

The CB-plan was to move the whole monetary system into the new SDR-global-currency, issued by the IMF, a new fiat currency that they would be able to control; a total scam.

In the meantime, many countries are moving away from the CB fiat debt dollar note in a synchronised fashion, with the knowledge that the C-Banks were preparing for an event which would thrust China into the seat of the next powerhouse, rendering the US the greatest loser.

As each country has the Deep State deeply entrenched in their money system; Trump Team must destroy the entire Rothschild CB monetary system worldwide by using gold in their move away from fiat currencies.

It is certain, there will be no continuation of the CB-plan, it is dead in the water. Many countries are taking on more gold, freeing themselves from their Central bank.

They know that Gold is a confidence builder. Once every country moves away from fiat money by using their own currency, backed by gold, silver or other hard assets, they will not need a Central Bank any longer.



Related: Why Gold Is Money - Fiat Money Creates An Immoral Society: Money With Real Value Is Crucial

China, Russia, India, Iran, as well as the US and countless others would be able to do it straight away. Gold will eventually destroy the private Rothschild CB-system worldwide. If major countries make this move in a synchronised way, the value of the gold will wipe out all the debt. Q has also stated that gold is going to destroy the Central Banks.

All this is of great importance, which is why everybody should become informed about what is changing, what is wrong and how it should or will be addressed.

Every awakened person who wants to join in this transition battle, by taking part in the process of breaking free from our prison and slavery, is encouraged to support President Trump, the Alliance team and the patriots worldwide.

Join the Q-movement in the crusade for the liberation of planet Earth from the globalists.

To better understand and learn what is truly going on in our world today, my book THE GREAT AWAKENING is an instructive guide, with countless links for individual, in-depth research.

This book has been purposely written as a crucial reinforcement guide for our liberation process, while it may certainly also prove to be very helpful for later cross-references.

The book covers a multitude of facets of today’s corrupt world, and offers a vast array of solutions for the necessary changes that will be needed and implemented.

To be continued, stay tuned.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Three Reasons Why Positive Thinking Is Making You More Miserable, And How To Have True Happiness In Life
February 7 2019 | From: JulietTang

Are You Faking It? Have you ever forced yourself to be positive when you really wanted to punch a pillow or tell the world to screw off instead?



Maybe you are desperately trying to live by the mantra of “positivity thinking kills negativity,” or don’t want to appear like an ungrateful jerk when you receive the 3rd wedding invitation in the mail after your last messy breakup.

Related: 50 Small Ways To Increase Your Happiness

Perhaps you obsess over teachings from Law of Attraction gurus about cultivating positive thoughts so you can attract positive things, or feel ashamed to show your true feelings because every person on your social media is smiling like Christmas came early for them and makes you question your own sanity.

I have committed almost every single one of the “forced positivity” listed above in the past, and much more.

Don’t get me wrong, positive thinking is a beautiful thing, and it is essential for all of us to take care of our vibration for multiple reasons. However, being fixated on the idea “I must think positive regardless of how I am truly feeling” may just make you more miserable. 

Why? And how to turn it around?


1. It Creates Bypassing

I cannot tell you how much spiritual bypassing forced positivity has created in many which often results in increased anxiety and self-blame leading to inevitable self-doubt of, “What is wrong with me and shouldn’t I be more grateful?”



In case you are not familiar with spiritual bypassing, it is when we skip the necessary self-work in order to chase after the end result of that work which usually is genuine joy, inner-peace, bliss, etc. 

The goodness which we all desire in life is more of a result of having performed a deep emotional house cleaning to free ourselves from baggage. So when you are constantly avoiding the unwanted emotions stemming from past wounds and current experiences, you are actually skipping the work you need in order to get to that good feeling place! 

Worse, that energy you try so hard to bypass is not going anywhere when you sweep it under the rug and will come back again and again to bite you in the butt until it is processed. 

This is one of the reasons why those who rely solely on affirmations or meditation as means of escape without having confronted their inner demons find it difficult to achieve the same results after a while, and the reason is because they are not meant to be used as spiritual band-aids. 


Solution: Let it Out

Emotion is Energy in Motion. As Einstein stated long ago, “Energy cannot be created or destroyed, it can only be changed from one form to another.”

That means, when you experience the energy of anger, fear or anything you deem unpleasant, if your first reaction is to engage the often-times unconscious defense mechanisms (dissociation, projection, denial, repression, etc) in order not to feel, that energy which has a specific frequency gets stored in the body and does not have any opportunity to be released, processed or integrated.

The more you avoid facing negative emotions, the more that energy gets trapped in your system which creates all kinds of havoc. When this is done chronically, it creates energy blockages in your energy centers which manifest as mental, emotional and physical ailments.

A burning question you may have as you are reading this is, “Doesn’t the act of dwelling in negativity damage my health?”

The answer is an absolute yes. So here is the difference: when you are constantly throwing pity parties, you are coming from an unconscious victim mentality and perpetuating the victimhood cycle.

If you, however, choose to set a time aside in a safe setting with the intention of honoring how you are feeling and being present with your emotions, you have stepped into the shoes of a conscious creator. These two vibrations are drastically different!!

Don’t be surprised to experience a pleasant shift in your energy when you truly embrace your emotions, and that is when you are more receptive to creative insights.  

I personally find when I fully allow myself to feel whatever comes up, after a while, it usually leads to genuine calmness and inner peace.


2.It Creates More Negative

Many who have an incomplete understanding of Law of Attraction (technically, it is Laws of Attraction since there are multiple universal laws in operation when it comes to using thoughts to create reality) believe since like attracts like, we need to always be in a joyful state in order to attract more awesomeness into life. 

While this is all true, what you may not be aware of is that all the goodness in life only gets attracted to you if you have the energy of genuine, as opposed to forced positivity.

Given over 90% of your mental capacity is dominated by the unconscious mind which is the seat of all beliefs, experiences, memories and intuition, and since beliefs and thoughts create corresponding emotions, it doesn’t really matter what you are attempting to do with the limited conscious mind if you cannot take care of what is going on in the unconscious.

That means when the guy next door successfully sells all the spots for his upcoming luxury spiritual retreat, and your first reaction is, “Who does he think he is, that materialistic fake,” but instead you shove concepts like “love thy neighbor” and “we are all swimming in a giant soup of Oneness” down your throat in order to avoid feeling the unpleasant emotions of judgment and jealousy, that energy which comes from an underlying and most likely unconscious belief of lack will always come back to haunt, and create more lack.

You do not attract what you think you need or want. You attract who you are - your most predominant energy. 


Solution: Dive Deeper

After allowing yourself to feel, it is worth to do a bit of self-inquiry such as “Why am I feeling jealous? Is it because I believe life is unfair, or the guy is luckier and more capable than I am? 

It may then become, “I wish my parents were rich and gave me their business so I don’t have to struggle in life.” 

Keep going. Write down every layer of your thoughts. Be brutally honest

Eventually, ask yourself, “What is it that I must have to believe in about myself and the world in order to create my initial reaction? It probably will look something like, “I believe the world is full of lack and I cannot receive everything I want” or “I believe prosperity is only for nasty and greedy folks instead of the kind ones.”

Now the party really begins. It boils down to taking complete self-responsibility, and turning every light on in your emotional house and giving the space a thorough inspection to see what limiting beliefs are generating unpleasant emotions, and what you can do to reprogram them rather than forcing yourself to fake happiness and acceptance.


3. Negativity Serves a Higher Purpose

I use the terms good/bad and positive/negative rather loosely in my speech as everything is relative in life. There is no true positivity or negativity from the perspective of your higher self because it only sees perfection in all; in this life, however, there is what serves you, and what doesn’t.

Some of the best things in my life came out of embracing the most negative experiences.

When I was at my last soul-sucking job under two bosses that resembled the relentless Agents from the Matrix, I kept on telling myself to look at the positives such as “I got a pay check” (so I could put food on the table, have a roof to sleep under and wake up miserable again, yay) or “I worked close to home” (which enabled me to spend more time sulking and complaining about the Agents and the killer sentinels over texts with coworkers).


After a decade of forced positivity while having made myself a permanent home at rock bottom, I finally realized I was trying to conceal burning coals with a thin piece of paper that said, “This isn’t so bad, just look at the positives.”

Eventually, the fire blew up and led to a series of most scary yet miraculous decisions in my life that allowed me to reclaim my freedom in every way.

Along the path, I have encountered dear and courageous souls who after embracing the negativity in their lives be it cancer, addictions or failed suicide attempts, are dedicating their lives to service humanity by creating campaigns to support research for psychedelics or opening spiritual retreats to inspire and empower others.


Solution: Use Negativity as a Springboard

Contrary to the common belief, there is nothing frightening about negative emotions because emotions cannot hurt you. Emotions are components of your internal guidance system which is an extension of Universal Intelligence. Whenever you feel, you are literally receiving an intuition from your higher self as to whether you are heading in a direction that is aligned with it, or meandering too far from it. 

Ultimately, every negative emotion and rock bottom serves the purpose of revealing to you that you alone have the power to choose the quality of your life whether it is to change the direction of your course, or change your perspective of how you experience things.

You can either continue to convince yourself to stay positive while bury your true emotions, or face whatever situation you are in head-on, own it with absolute sincerity and 100% responsibility, then do something about it.

Complete and utter liberation follows the moment you whole-heartedly own everything that shows up in your life as something you have created on some level whether consciously or unconsciously.

By confronting your worst nightmares and inviting the emotions as well as the lessons underneath into your life, you are reclaiming your infinite power of creation and announcing to the universe, "I created that, now I can use that power to create something else.”

Just like that, the negativity you have been afraid to face can now set you free.


Some Final Thoughts

We are taught to fear the shadow because we do not truly understand it. Those who dive into the shadow with curiosity and openness will always discover hidden keys to wisdom and greater liberation for the simple reason that darkness in life is not meant to crush you, it is meant to invite you into this space where the old can be destroyed so the new can be built.

It is meant to wake you up.


The ego says, ‘I shouldn’t have to suffer,’ and that thought makes you suffer so much more. It is a distortion of the truth, which is always paradoxical. The truth is that you need to say yes to suffering before you can transcend it.”

– Eckhart Tolle


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Silver Bullet To Stop The Corporate State Pillage
February 6 2019 | From: Geopolitics / Various

Every year some US soldiers decide they don’t want to shoot people they don’t know so that ExxonMobil can have more oil or Lockheed Martin can make more cash or MSNBC/Fox News can give their hosts topics for their poetry books.



Related: Forgotten History: US Bankers Financing US Enemies - And Why It Is Important Now

Basically, these soldiers do something horrifying, something terrible, something often called “treasonous” … They - wait for it - think for themselves! (Glass shatters. Woman screams. Baby cries.)


Nothing is more frightening for our endless war machine than a military grunt who thinks for him or herself.

They’re supposed to do nothing more than follow orders. They’re supposed to ask a superior officer for permission to wear a different color pair of socks.

That’s right - the biggest, toughest gladiators in our society have to get authorization to switch from boxers to briefs.

I’ll get to what this has to do with our inverted totalitarian corporate pillaging in a moment.



Related: The Reality Of War: Memorial Day Normalizes Satanic Human Sacrifice

One of the more notable soldiers who stood up this year was Spenser Rapone - a second lieutenant discharged on June 18, 2018, for disparaging the US war machine online and promoting a socialist revolution.

(Clearly our enormous globe-spanning military complex can obliterate any possible enemies except independent thought, which promptly turns it to a mush akin to pea soup.)

Apparently reading about the true story of Pat Tillman pushed Rapone toward the realization that he was a pawn in the middle of a massive lie.





Pat Tillman showed me I could resist the indoctrination,” Rapone said. “I did not have to let the military dehumanize me and turn me into something monstrous. When I learned how his death was covered up to sell the war, it was shocking.”

To sell the war. Why is it they would need to sell a war? Oh, I know - because it’s completely unjustifiable.

For activities people naturally agree with or enjoy doing, you don’t have to advertise them. Like you don’t see ads saying, “Hey, feed your kids… Don’t forget.” Or a commercial saying, “Try having sex some time. It’s fun!”

That stuff comes pretty naturally.

But you do need promotion (Read: media propaganda) for our endless war games because it does not come naturally to most of us.



Related: US War On ISIS Is The Biggest Lie Since The 2003 Iraq Invasion: Here’s The Proof

War comes naturally to sociopaths, and then it’s sold to the rest of us, much like a used car or an ill-advised timeshare in Cleveland.

But the military is not the only place where conscientious objectors play a role.

It might be the only one where walking away can get you locked up in prison spending your days sewing McDonald’s uniforms, but there are a lot of moments in our messed-up world when you can turn your back and do the right thing.

For example, fewer and fewer people are willing to do the job of killing millions of animals every year. A recent report:


"Revealed that staff shortages at slaughterhouses [in the UK were] threatening Christmas sales. Some 10,000 positions are unfilled at major abattoirs…

The report explains that for most potential applicants, the industry’s low pay is not the problem but that ‘people simply do not want to do this work anymore.’”

Oh come on, you fragile snowflakes! “Ewww, I can’t handle chopping the heads off a thousand pigs a day. It hurts my feelings to end the life of hundreds of sentient beings who haven’t done anything to me to warrant such treatment.

WAAH! I don’t like loading buckets of adorable chickadees into the grinding colander so they can be turned into a meat milkshake that will ultimately be served to a labradoodle or a puggle. BOO HOO HOO!” (I might have made up the term “grinding colander.”)




Related: All Wars Are Bankers' Wars

In all seriousness, working at the killing fields of a factory farm has life-long impacts that no one talks about. (And by “no one,” I mean the media and our politicians and most everybody else.) As the Guardian reported,


Slaughterhouse work has been linked to a variety of disorders, including post-traumatic stress disorder and perpetration-induced traumatic stress.

One pig slaughterer said the ‘worst thing’ about the work is its ‘emotional toll’… A worker at a chicken plant said one of his colleagues was ‘hauled off to the mental hospital’ after he ‘kept having nightmares that chickens were after him.’”

(It’s tough to say what the chickens would’ve done with him had they caught him. Professional torture is made difficult by a lack of hands.)

These workers who have walked off the killing floors should be honored as conscientious objectors. They should be rewarded for realizing it’s better to get paid to hand out coffees at the coffeehouse than death sentences at the slaughterhouse.

And conscientious objection happens in the big tech world too. This past May, a dozen Google employees quit to protest the company’s role in drone-killing technology created for the Pentagon, and another 4,000 signed an internal petition to stop the partnership.

There have been many great objectors in our police forces, too. Captain Ray Lewis was in the Philadelphia police force for 23 years. Then he became an outspoken critic of police abuse, militarization, excess force and the inequality that has hollowed out our society like an aggressive virus.



Related: Ten lies we’re told to justify the slaughter of 20 million in the First World War

He shows up to protests in full uniform and stands on the front lines to help remind the other cops what they should be protecting - and it’s not oil pipelines or Wall Street banks.

Perhaps most importantly, he does it all with a mustache that looks like it houses squirrels in the winter. It’s quite possible that without the facial hair, not a single police officer would give a s***. However, you can really reach a cop through his ‘stache. (Sorry, his or her ‘stache.)

Conscientious objectors even show up in the grand hallways of the famously lockstep mainstream media outlets.

Just last week, veteran national security journalist William Arkin left his job at NBC and MSNBC and basically blasted them in an open letter:


"For becoming captive and subservient to the national security state, reflexively pro-war… and now the prime propaganda instrument of the War Machine’s promotion of militarism and imperialism.”

Of course, anyone who regularly reads independent outlets like Truthdig would probably say Mr. Arkin is roughly 30 years late to this realization.

Yet it still takes nerve, gonads and a spine to turn against your employer while calling them out for manufacturing consent for hundreds of thousands of innocent deaths. (Certain types of deep-water fish are made up of only nerves, gonads and a spine, and they’re constantly being insolent to their employers.)

The truth is, we the people may not have that much power. We don’t control our democracy anymore now that every decision is based on money.

We can’t instantly change the entire system. But we have one very powerful tool - we have the power of our labor.

Millions of Americans, and hundreds of millions worldwide, work for corporations or organizations that do evil every single day. This list includes:

People at the big banks that fund the destruction of our world

Officials sent to steal children from their mothers and fathers

People working at big oil companies, pushing papers while knowing we only have 11 years left to completely change our behavior

Soldiers told to drone bomb a guy they’ve never met before

Merchants in charge of selling Kid Rock T-shirts

The list is endless, and ALL of these people have the ability to say “I object. I will not help with your villainy.”

If they all objected - we would see a different world overnight.

This column is based on a monologue Lee Camp wrote and performed on his TV show ‘Redacted Tonight’.


Related Articles:

U.S. Has Spent Six Trillion Dollars on Wars that Killed Half a Million People Since 9/11, Report Says

How The US Became A Warmonger Police State

CIA’s Vietnam Illegal Drug Trafficking, JFK’s Assassination

Vietnam War: The Killing of History

Agent Orange: 24 Chilling Photos Of The War Crime The US Got Away With

Bilderberg On Steroids – Meet The Secret CIA-Funded Group Behind The ‘War On Terror’

Washington Has Been At War For 16 Years: Why?

Western Media Credibility In Free Fall Collapse: Case In Point: UN Peace Council: The US Media Is
Lying To The American people. The War In Syria Is Not A Civil War, It's A Proxy Invasion By The United States


The War On Reality: How Globalists Occupy Your Mind To Control Everything



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

< Service Interrupted >
February 5 2019 | From: WakeUpKiwi

Occasionally one just runs out of resources.



Perhaps today, take the opportunity to delve deeper into the various sections of this website that you may not have visited before.

Or another website - and maybe if you can find something that you feel to be of worth sharing with others you may know, give it a nudge.

You can lead a horse to water, but you cannot make it drink.

We will all find the truth in the end.



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Breaking The Shackles Of Social Conditioning
February 4 2019 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit

What do a hooligan, a kamikaze, and a racist have in common? None of them use their brain.



What I mean by “they don’t use their brain” is that they don’t think - or, to be more precise, they don’t think critically.

 Related: Political Correctness Is Really Just Herd Psychology Pushed By Insecure People Who Desperately Seek Social Conformity

But it’s not only they that don’t. In fact, most people are no different when it comes to this.

Sure, we all have our thoughts, and over the years have formed certain opinions. But how many of those opinions are merely beliefs resulting from social conditioning, and how many of them are based on our own understanding? And, of course, we know a lot of things, but how much of our knowledge comes from personal experience, and how much from parrot-like learning?

You see, from almost the day we were born, we were forced to not think. Take school, for example - an institution that supposedly helps children develop their intellect yet does quite the opposite.

School forces children to stay confined in a classroom for about 8 hours almost every single day for a total of (more or less) 12 years, where they are learning things they don’t enjoy learning, being forced to obey to authority figures, having to unquestionably accept what they’re being taught, not being allowed the freedom to do anything on their own without asking for permission first (even to go to pee).

As Pink Floyd would say, school conditions children to become “another brick in the wall”.





The official 1982 video clip of Pink Floyd’s Another Brick in the Wall.

I know, I’m generalizing here, since not all schools are the same. But the reality is that in most parts of the world school isn’t a place where critical thinking is stimulated - on the contrary, it is suppressed or simply ignored. Naturally, it atrophies and becomes weak, exactly like a muscle does when pressure isn’t exerted upon it.

Observe people around you and you might come to see the consequences of our educational system. They are living unconsciously, not knowing why they think and behave the way they do. They accept and act without second thought on what the media is presenting them as the truth.

They believe in and follow the religious dogmas without having any solid evidence supporting their beliefs. They wholeheartedly support political leaders and obey to the decisions they make without the slight resistance. I could go on forever giving similar examples, but these will suffice for now.

As a result of our social conditioning, corporations exploit our emotional insecurities so they can sell us their products and services, making us compete with our fellow human beings about who has more stuff. So-called journalists are selling us lies by utilizing propaganda tactics through the mainstream media, turning us into mindless puppets.

Priests and religious teachers of all sorts gain power by selling us heaven in the afterlife, dividing us into in-groups and out-groups that fight against one another in the name of god. Politicians gain power by selling us heaven on Earth, also splitting us into opposing groups that fight against each other in the name of ideology. And, again, these, are just a few examples.



Our social conditioning has turned us into mindless, obedient puppets

Related: Mind Control Theories And Techniques Used By Mass Media

If we realize these consequences, and are truly willing to change our way of living for the benefit of ourselves and the world, we need to develop the courage to escape the herd mentality and start thinking for ourselves - and the sooner we do, the better.

Of course, that’s easier said than done, since our social conditioning has gone very deep and is affecting us in ways we can’t even recognize. However, with conscious, persistent effort, it’s definitely possible to do so. If you’re interested to know how exactly, here are some basic practical steps you can take right now:


Question Your Beliefs, no Matter How Much You Cherish them

In order to release yourself from the prison of social conditioning, the first and most crucial thing you need to do is question any beliefs that you unconsciously took on from your parents, teachers, and culture. That’s because beliefs can bring all kinds of limitations in life, such us irrational fear and the sense of having to live according to what’s right for someone else but not for you.


No matter how much you might cherish a belief, ask yourself the following questions:

“Where did this belief come from?”

“Is there any logical reason for holding it?"

“Is it limiting myself in any way or is it elevating the quality of my life?”




Take, for example, religious beliefs.


Assuming that you consider yourself religious, and you believe that the dogma of your religion is the only true and right one, and that those who hold different belief systems to yours are evil and doomed to go to hell, ask yourself:

“What is the logical basis for holding these beliefs?”

“Did I reach to them using critical thinking, or did I just accept them as truth merely because I was indoctrinated from my early education?”

“Are they serving my happiness or are they contributing to my suffering?”

These are some very important questions that you need to ask about any beliefs that you might hold in dear faith, whether they’re concerning religion, philosophy, politics, economics, or other field of knowledge.

By doing so, you’ll decondition yourself from negative social programming, which will allow you to grow in understanding, take in emerging information and make wiser choices. In addition, you’ll be able to better understand others’ beliefs without judging them based on a fixed mind-set.



Doubt is the beginning of wisdom

Related: The Global Fascist State: Physical Control Of The Global Population Is Impossible

Never be afraid to question your beliefs. To doubt what you think you know is a sign of intelligence, and only those who are courageous enough to do so can break free from the shackles of social conditioning and walk on the path of wisdom.


Rebel Against Authority and Accept Responsibility for Your Life

For most of us, it has become a habit to have others tell us what to think and how to behave. We don’t think for ourselves - instead, we let others do it for us and take responsibility for our lives. Not surprisingly, we are intellectually weak and have lost control over our actions.

It seems that we allow others to dictate us how to live because we don’t want to take the burden of responsibility on our shoulders - so we throw it on them. To be responsible for your life can be troublesome, because you have to use your mind a lot, take important decisions and face failure when you make the wrong choices.

To avoid that, most of us choose to let other people - such as politicians and religious leaders - do those things for us, as if they are our saviors.

Then, we blame them entirely for anything that’s going wrong with our lives - it’s only their fault, we claim, without stopping for a second and think that perhaps it’s actually ours.



Are you courageous enough to remove the blindfold of faith?


Related: Unschooling: Radical Education That Produces Free Human Beings Instead Of Slaves

If you want to escape the matrix of social conditioning and reclaim your freedom, you need to stop letting others control you like a mindless automaton and instead start being responsible for your actions. This might be a difficult thing to do, yet it’s the only way to choose your own path in life.


Seek Truth,Regardless of How Arduous that Might be

If you’ve questioned your beliefs, chances are that you’ve come to the realization that most of them were just imposed on you by society and don’t in fact reflect your personal experiences and understanding.

And although this does wonders to help you develop your critical thinking skills and break down the walls of social conditioning, it doesn’t answer the question of whether those beliefs actually hold any truth or not. To answer that, we need to seek truth by doing research.

Let’s take drug addiction as an example. Our social conditioning has led most of us to believe that drugs are causing addiction.

This is a belief we hold since our early childhood but rarely one of us stops for a second to contemplate why that is so. If we do some basic research on the issue, we’ll come to find out that, although drugs do play a significant role in addiction, there aren’t actually causing it; rather, taking drugs is merely a symptom of addiction.

According to health experts, emotional trauma has been identified as the root cause of addiction, whether that is to pornography, video games, gambling, or drugs. If you weren’t aware of this, and would like to find out more about the nature of addiction, here’s a great Ted talk for you:





‘Everything you think you know about addiction is wrong.’ - Johann Hariss


Related: The Truth About Addiction And Recovery

The problem is that people don’t usually like to think for themselves and do any research. One reason for that is that they find it exhausting and not worth their time. Another reason is that they find it threatening to their worldview.

You see, when people are attached to certain beliefs that aren’t based on critical thinking and scientific understanding, doing research might prove them wrong, and so many choose not to know the truth at all, lest it will shatter their beliefs.

Thus, living in ignorance yet thinking they know, they can’t grow into wiser individuals and are unconsciously spreading untruths.

If you’re a lover of wisdom, you’ll need to actively search for truth, no matter how difficult that might be. You’ll need to think a lot and educate yourself. You’ll need to read books, watch documentaries, listen to talks, take part in discussions, or use other tools that can assist you in your journey to expanding your understanding of reality.

Lastly yet most importantly, you’ll need to be ready to accept the truth when you encounter it, no matter if it contradicts your long-held beliefs.




The journey to truth might at times be rough, but it’s definitely worth taking

By questioning your beliefs, rebelling against the herd and thinking for yourself, you’ll be able to free your mind from the constraints of blind conformity and dogmatic ideology.

This way you’ll be able to better understand yourself and the world you live in, as well as to take responsibility for your life, without being easily fooled, exploited or manipulated by power-hungry individuals who care about nothing but their personal gain.



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Top Ten Facts About The Vaccine Industry That The Dishonest Media Refuses To Report
February 3 2019 | From: NaturalNews / Various

The mainstream media is largely funded by drug companies and vaccine manufacturers and demonstrates extreme conflicts of interest in reporting on vaccines.



Perhaps that’s why dishonest media outlets refuse to report the following ten stunning facts about the vaccine industry that are all provably true.

Related: Anti-Vaccine Japan Has World’s Lowest Child Death Rate & Highest Life Expectancy


FACT #1.
 Mercury is still used in vaccines, and the CDC openly admits it. There is NO safe level of mercury for injecting into a human child. Not even “trace” levels.

There is NO evidence of safety for mercury at any dose whatsoever.

Any doctor who says the level of mercury in a vaccine is “safe” to inject into a child is only demonstrating their outrageous ignorance of scientific facts.

Mercury is arguably the most neurotoxic element on the entire Table of Elements. It is used in vaccines for the convenience of the vaccine manufacturer at the expense of the safety of the child. Any doctor who injects mercury into a child - at any dose! - should be immediately stripped of their medical license.

See the list of studies on the neurotoxicity of mercury at SCIENCE.naturalnews.com, now the largest relational research resource for chemicals, health, nutrients and drugs.



Related: Cot Deaths Linked To Vaccinations + Harvard Medical School Doctor: Vaccine Science Is Not Settled

Additional FACT: There is no “safe” form of mercury as is often ridiculously claimed by vaccine pushers.

Both ethyl and methyl mercury are extremely toxic to the human nervous system. Neither should, under ANY circumstances, be deliberately injected into a human child at any dose whatsoever
.

FACT #2. Injecting any substance into the human body makes it orders of magnitude more potentially toxic because it bypasses the protections of the digestive tract or the respiratory system.

Injecting mercury into a human being - at any dose - should be globally condemned as a criminal act.

That it is currently considered an acceptable act in the field of medicine only condemns the true destructive nature of modern medicine. Under the vaccine doctrine, “First do no harm” has become “Poison children for profit.”

FACT #3. For decades, polio vaccines injected into tens of millions of people actually contained hidden cancer viruses (SV40 and others). This was openly admitted by a top Merck vaccine scientist named Hilleman.

The CDC recently scrubbed its website of this information in a “revisionist history” purge. Up to 98 million Americans were exposed to hidden cancer viruses in polio vaccines. This is an historical fact. Read more at www.sv40foundation.org



Related: What Do Smart Meters And Vaccinations Have In Common? + Another Vaccine Dump

FACT #4. Top virologists working for Merck have blown the whistle and gone public with shocking revelations that claim the company routinely fabricated lab results to claim a 95% efficacy rate of its mumps vaccine in order to continue receiving government contracts on a vaccine that didn’t work.

See the False Claims document these scientists filed with the U.S. government here: naturalnews.com/gallery

FACT #5. In nearly every outbreak you hear about these days, the majority of the children affected by the outbreak have already been vaccinated against the virus! 

For example, outbreaks of whooping cough routinely involve children who have already been vaccinated against whooping cough. This is yet more proof that vaccines do not confer real-world functional immunity.



Related: Bill Gates and the World’s Elite DO NOT VACCINATE their own children… and for good reason

FACT #6. The claimed history of vaccine “successes” against polio and other diseases is a pure fabrication. This is discussed and exposed in great detail in the powerful book, “Dissolving Illusions” by Dr. Suzanne Humphries. Click here to see the book at Amazon.com, or click here to visit the website (and view the charts).

As these charts show, measles was almost completely eradicated before the arrival of the measles vaccine. Why the decline?

Mostly due to improvements in public hygiene and sanitation. It’s no exaggeration to say that good plumbing saves more lives than vaccines ever did.

FACT #7. The vaccine industry refuses to conduct scientific tests on the health outcomes of vaccinated children vs. unvaccinated children. Why?

Because these test would no doubt show unvaccinated children to be healthier, smarter and far better off than vaccinated children in terms of behavioral disorders, allergies and even autoimmune disorders.

Check the people you know: Don’t you routinely find that the most heavily-vaccinated kids are the ones who get sick all the time?

Meanwhile, groups like the Amish who largely refuse to vaccinate their children have near-zero rates of autism.



Related: Vaccine Authoritarians Try To Censor Billboard That Dares Ask, “Do You Know What’s In A Vaccine?” &
Australia Will Now Fine Parents Twice A Month If They Don’t Vaccinate Their Kids


FACT #8. The U.S. Supreme Court has already declared that the secret “vaccine court” is a higher power than the Supreme Court. The so-called “vaccine court” is granted extraordinary powers to operate utterly outside the Constitution, the Bill of Rights and completely outside the rules of due process and law.

The vaccine court itself - which isn’t even a court of law - is a violation of law and a violation of basic human rights. It must be abolished like Apartheid.

FACT #9. The mainstream media receives a significant portion of its revenues from the very same drug companies selling vaccines. This financial influence results in the media refusing to cover stories about vaccine-damaged children for fear of losing advertising revenues.

This is why the mainstream media frequently features guests and authors who ridiculously claim that all the vaccine damaged children across America do not exist or are “mere delusions” of their parents.

These despicable vaccine apologists are intellectual bullies who, like Hitler’s minions, relish in aiding and abetting a real-life holocaust that’s harming millions of children around the globe.



Related: There Is Deadly Formaldehyde In Clothing, Food, Cigarettes And Vaccines - What Will You Be Wearing,
Eating, Smoking And Injecting Today?


FACT #10. The CDC openly admits that vaccines contain additives which are known to be potent neurotoxic chemicals. Those additives include:

Mercury (still used as a preservative)

Aluminum (used as an inflammatory adjuvant)

Formaldehyde (used to “deactivate” live viruses)

MSG / Monosodium Glutamate (used to caused immune system inflammation)

All of these substances are toxic to human biology when injected. All of them are still listed on the CDC website as vaccine additives.

There is no rational doctor or scientist in the world who can say they believe injecting infants and children with mercury, formaldehyde, MSG and aluminum is somehow “safe,” yet doctors inject children with these substances every single day in the form of vaccines.

Doctors who inject children with vaccines are delusional. They are practicing a medical holocaust against humanity while fraudulently calling it “immunization.” For the record, vaccination does not equal immunization. Click here to see the book of the same title.



Related: Exposure to heavy metals linked to autism in children… and vaccines still contain mercury


Corporate-Controlled “Science” Isn’t Real Science At All

The real truth is that science never has a monopoly on facts, and science makes enormous mistakes (such as condoning smoking cigarettes) on a regular basis. Science is also for sale and easy corrupted by corporate interests.

Peer-reviewed science journals, too, are often little more than a collection of corporate-funded make-believe science tabloids.


“It is simply no longer possible to believe much of the clinical research that is published, or to rely on the judgment of trusted physicians or authoritative medical guidelines,” writes the former editor of The New England Journal of Medicine, Marcia Angell.

“I take no pleasure in this conclusion, which I reached slowly and reluctantly over my two decades as an editor of The New England Journal of Medicine,” she says in Drug Companies & Doctors: A Story of Corruption.


With that in mind, take a look at the similarities between Big Tobacco science lies and vaccine industry science lies:

Related Articles:

Vaccine deep state plot to seize NaturalNews.com domain and criminalize all speech that questions vaccine propaganda

Another vaccine cover-up revealed: Sharyl Attkisson drops bombshell on “Full Measure” broadcast

Public Health Officials Know: Recently Vaccinated Individuals Spread Disease

Dr. Andrew Zimmerman’s full Affidavit on alleged link between vaccines and autism that U.S. govt. covered up

Retired Hospital Worker Gives Explosive ‘Flu Shot Speech’ Before CDC Advisory Committee

American Academy of Pediatrics Refuses to Back Vaccine Claims with Science

Vaccines = Aluminum = Austism

We Won’t Back Down: 22,000 Nurses Refuse “Mandatory” Vaccinations

Super-high levels of toxic aluminum found in brains of autistic patients: aluminum is present in many vaccines

Study: Can toxic aluminum be removed from the body by drinking water containing silicon?

‘Girl dies from virus’ news story actually a cover-up of the truth: Vaccines killed her

Vaccines Don’t Prevent Disease: They SPREAD It!

There isn’t just one good reason to avoid the flu shot – there are 10

Attacking Ourselves: Top Doctors Reveal Vaccines Turn Our Immune System Against Us

CDC Caught Spreading Misinformation About The Flu Shot: Here Are The Details

Flu shot lands man in hospital, unable to speak, walk, see or even BREATHE

A Remarkable Vaccine Research Event Has Occurred: What Is It?

Scientist jailed after discovering deadly viruses are delivered through vaccines

Vaccines and the Peanut Allergy Epidemic

The Ugly Untold Truth About the Pertussis Vaccine

“Incredible Hulk” Lou Ferrigno hospitalized after vaccination goes horribly wrong

Is There a Vaccine Cancer Connection?

Vaccinegate: Italian Researchers find Fraud with 6-Combo Vaccine Given to Babies

Vaccine Cannibalism: You would never drink a stranger’s blood to “boost” your immune system, so why let doctors inject it into your muscle tissue?

CDC Finally Admits What Anti-vaxxers Say About The MMR Vaccine

U.S. Congressman-Elect Tells Constituents Vaccines May Cause Autism

More Than Half of Americans Want a Flu Shot Despite the Science

UNICEF Surveils, Defames Health Sites Over Vaccines - GreenMedInfo, Mothering.com, Mercola.com, NaturalNews

Roll Up Your Sleeves Folks: 271 New Vaccines in Big Pharma’s Pipeline

Vaccines Killed My Cat and Could Kill Your Children

Stanley Plotkin, Godfather of Vaccines, Under Oath

Same excitotoxin that damages brain cells is also being deliberately added to vaccines, reveals CDC document

Healthy Triplets All Autistic within Hours of Vaccination

Vaccine-Induces Disease now a top global health threat for 2019 and beyond

Fox News now demanding the criminalization and ARREST of “anti-vaxxers” … we warned you this was coming

Johns Hopkins All Children’s Hospital to Deny Medical Services to Unvaccinated Children

Health Reform: Trump’s new HHS department may BAN mandatory vaccinations nationwide and restore health and religious freedom


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Propaganda, Human Consciousness, And The Future Of Civilization
February 2 2019 | From: Medium / Various

A duck floats past two fish, looks down and says “Morning boys! How’s the water?”



The fish swim on for a bit, then one of them turns to the other and says, “What the fuck is water?”

Related: CNN Accused of Staging Hurricane Rescue Video

Corporatist propaganda is to western civilization what water is to fish. Our culture is saturated in it; it informs so many levels of our worldview and most of us never even examine any of them. It informs all aspects of culture, from our beliefs about what’s going on in the world to our understanding of history to what issues we think we’re supposed to care about on a given day to what opinions we think we’re allowed to choose from.

People think they know what’s going on in their society, why their country fought this or that war, how their nation’s government and economy operate, when really they don’t know any of those things. All their most basic assumptions about their world, their culture, and even who they are as individuals is fully pervaded by mass media propaganda narratives.

In early tribal cultures, humans depended on campfire stories passed on from one generation to the next to tell them what the world is and how to interpret their experiences in it.

Now that role has fallen exclusively to a few highly consolidated corporate media conglomerates whose billionaire owners have a vested interest in maintaining the warmongering plutocratic power establishment that is loosely centralized in the United States, because in that power establishment they get to live as kings.



Related: Consciousness Is the Key to World Change

The “Nazis are taking over America” moral panic is the most hysterical that the people of the United States have been since the November election results rolled in. Not even at peak Russia hysteria has the general public been so emotionally invested in something so grossly unsubstantiated.

Even most of the woke lefties who didn’t buy into the ridiculous Russia narrative swallowed the core message being promulgated by corporate media hook, line and sinker. Few questioned why the entire mass media had converged upon Charlottesville long before anyone died.

Few bothered researching to what extent white supremacist groups were holding demonstrations and committing hate crimes throughout the entire Obama administration or asking why those lacked similar coverage. It’s been a nationwide garment-rending psychotic break from coast to coast, and very few people stopped to ask themselves where their ideas were originating from.

There has just been a solar eclipse, so maybe people being outdoors with their neighbors and coworkers looking at something together was enough of a reality check to break the spell, but if the narrative hasn’t done its job already the talking heads on TV will be pushing them back into it by the morning.



Related: Only at Newswars: Insider Says Google Greatest Threat to Conservatism

This sort of thing is happening constantly. Virtually all political perspectives in mainstream America are formed by propaganda either directly or indirectly, but if you talk about the solution to the status quo being a shift in human consciousness people get impatient and dismissive.

They’ll accuse you of offering impractical airy-fairy spiritual-sounding solutions about “getting woke” that only have any relevance to a tiny fraction of the population. “We need real solutions! How do we organize? Should we start a new political party? We need a district-by-district plan!”

They’re fish in water. They don’t realize that every move they make is happening inside this ubiquitous bubble of deceit that is specifically designed to redirect energy and attention toward narratives which favor the establishment.

No matter how awesome and pragmatic your idea is, they’ll always be perceived by the general public through a filter of lies which contradict it, and it will have to be actualized within a society that is fully blinkered by narratives tilted to favor the ruling class.

This is why fighting the propaganda machine is the single most practical thing that we can do to create a healthy world.



Related: Houston Rescue Images Destroying Media’s Race Narrative

“Getting woke”
is not some lofty, impractical attainment accessible only to a small clique who has read the right books and experimented with the right psychedelics and meditated at the feet of the right Hindu masters.

It’s a simple matter of seeing through untruths that you had previously mistaken for truths, and, at least on a political level, the bulk of the untruths that the average person carries around with them were put there either directly or indirectly by establishment propaganda. Facilitating a worldwide transformation of human consciousness is as simple as disrupting the stories that humans are being told by those in power.

Of course, just because something is simple doesn’t mean that it’s easy. As we discussed recently, there’s a century of high-budget research and development feeding into the science of these advanced social manipulations, and there’s an unfathomably powerful class with a vested interest in keeping those manipulations up and running.

But since the oligarchy rules by creating the illusion of freedom and democracy using propaganda it is by far the weakest point in its armor, and with the democratization of information available to our society via unprecedented internet access a populist information rebellion could definitely kill all public trust in the lie factory. This would ruin an essential foundation of the oligarchy.



Related: Bookmark This: Over 400 Links Google Doesn’t Want You To Visit

There is no political solution to an oligarchy which owns the entire political system, but the oligarchy cannot rule without its propaganda machine.

Public trust in the mass media is plummeting, though it’s still far higher than it should be.

The closer we get that trust to zero, the greater the possibility that we can build a healthy world uninhibited by the manipulations of a few sociopathic billionaires.


Related: The Shift Into The Next Harmonic Universe By The End of 2017


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Trap Of Romantic Love
February 1 2019 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit

The Search for Romantic Love: Most people - especially those brought up in the West - have been conditioned to believe that so-called romantic love is the most important pursuit in life and that only the ones who’ve found it are fulfilled.



From the tender age of one or two, we are told of fairy tales that end with two people of the opposite sex living “happily ever after”. As we age, novels, magazines, pop songs, television, Hollywood scripts, and self-help workshops reinforce the idea that romantic love is the ideal form of love.

Related: Discernment in Relationships

We are led to believe that our happiness heavily depends on romantic love, and that our personal worth is reflected in how good we are with our romantic relationships. Not surprisingly, when we’re single or we don’t experience love as it’s usually portrayed, we wonder if there’s something wrong with us.

We think that we’re missing out on true love and are anxiously praying for that moment when the fair maiden or prince will save us from our desperate situation.

As we are, we feel emotionally empty - something is lacking within our psyche that needs to be filled, yet we can’t do that on our own. Only another person can do it, and unless we are lucky enough to connect with him or her, we won’t ever discover pure joy and lasting contentment.

The belief that we’re not complete as we are and that we need someone else to fill in our sense of existential emptiness isn’t a modern one. In fact, it’s ancient.

In Plato’s ~2,500 year-old philosophical text Symposium, the comic playwright Aristophanes describes the origins of humanity. As he points out, the original form of man was a four-legged, four-armed, double-sexed entity.

Zeus, however, was afraid that humans might steal the power of the gods, so he decided to take away their power by having them sliced in half. According to Aristophanes, their heads turned “towards the wound, so that each person would see that he’d been cut and keep better order.”

This, he explains, is why each human being is craving for a significant other to complete them. In his own words: “Now, since their natural form had been cut in two, each one longed for its own other half, and so they would throw their arms about each other, weaving themselves together, wanting to grow together.”



If taken literally, Aristophanes’ recount is total nonsense, yet metaphorically it shows the central role that romantic love plays in our lives: We are in an endless search for that “special someone” - the soulmate - the universe created just for us, and we are willing to give up anything to “lose ourselves” in his or her embrace.


Romantic Love as Addiction

The moment we fall in love, the world turns into a magical place. Suddenly, life becomes more beautiful, adventurous, meaningful… in short, life becomes worth-living again.

The only problem is that, having experienced the emotional high of romantic love, we want more of it, yet no matter how much of it we get, our thirst for it is never quenched.

In other words, romantic love is addictive. In fact, research has shown that falling in love can have a similar impact on the brain as cocaine. To study the brain function of people engaged in romantic love relationships, biological anthropologist Helen Fisher put a group of participants through MRI brain scans.

Interestingly, what she found was that they behaved just like addicts: They had obsessive thoughts, participated in risk-taking activities and found it hard to deal with withdrawals.

The brain of people in love secretes an ample amount of hormones like dopamine, norepinephrine and serotonin — hormones that boost their pleasure and confidence levels. Feeling the exhilarating psychological effects of this hormonal boost, everything seems perfect to the romantic love addict.

The promises of fairy tales have come true. At last, life is as it’s supposed to be. Yet, once the initial high fades, everything changes. Life becomes mundane, ordinary, boring once again.

This return to “normal” reality is usually enough to bring a relationship to an end. Once that happens, the romantic love addict will soon come face-to-face with that sense of inner emptiness which has forever been torturing his/her psyche. Then, to deal with his/her withdrawal symptoms, the romantic love addict will go off in search of a new hit, and the story will repeat itself one more time.


Romantic Love: A Dangerous Self-Delusion

As you can understand, romantic love is temporary - it comes quickly and goes away just as fast. No matter how strong the feelings of lust and passion in new relationships might be, they are soon bound to disappear into thin air, as the power of romantic love loses grip over our emotional world.

But while we’re possessed by romantic love, it’s so overwhelming that it distorts our perception and often leads us into making choices that we will later regret.

For example, projecting their long-yearned fantasies upon their “other half”, it’s a common phenomenon for people in fresh romantic love relationships to exaggerate the positive traits of their partner and reduce or deny the negative ones.

This illusion makes them believe they’ve found their one and only perfect match. Feeling a sense of total acceptance and adoration for their partner, they are under the impression that their love is going to last forever. As a result, they tend to make quick, immature choices, such as hurrying to marry, only to find years later that they resent their partner for failing to meet their expectations.



Related: Toxic Relationship Habits Most People Think Are Normal

Romantic love is a blind self-delusion - it only exists in the realm of fantasy, an imaginary world that we’ve cultivated with the help of the romantic tradition, mainly through media programming. Just like pornography fools us into believing that perfect sex exists, the romantic tradition fools us into believing that perfect relationships exist.

Yet, romantic love isn’t just delusional - it can also be dangerous once we’ve fallen into its trap. Not just because of the wrong choices it can urge us to make, as mentioned earlier, but first and foremost because it creates an ideal out of love that nobody can possibly reach (because it doesn’t exist in the first place - in fact, that’s the very reason why it’s called ideal).

Hence, no matter how nice, compatible people we date, the yearning for the perfect romantic relationship with the fairy tale Dream Lover will always lead us to disappointment. Obsessed with a fantasy world, we can’t enjoy reality.



Escaping the Trap of Romantic Love

To escape the trap of romantic love is quite difficult, considering that we have a billion-dollar industry that is day in and day out promoting a misrepresentation of actual love relationships, in effect making a profit from the exploitation of our deep-rooted emotional need to love and be loved.

You see, capitalism doesn’t give a damn about love. In fact, the less we love one another, the better it is for capitalism. From the market’s standpoint, it’s good that we’re unhappy with our relationships, because then happiness can be sold to us through products and services that promise to substitute for the loss of connection that we long for.

Unfortunately, we’re so desperate that we’ve bought into those promises. This is reflected in our efforts to show our partners love through the act of buying stuff. Take, for example, Valentine’s day, when couples have been persuaded to blindly consume things, thinking that this will elevate their relationship.

But how can an expensive ring substitute for a tight, filled-with-loving-warmth hug? And how can a ready-made meal in a high-class gourmet restaurant substitute for a sincere, intimate look into the beloved’s eye?

What we need isn’t more stuff, just like we don’t need more romantic movies. Neither, of course, do we need the Ideal Lover from the dreamworld. All of these offer us nothing of what we need, and only mess up with our hearts.

What we actually need is more understanding.


We need to understand that there’s no person out there who will complete us.

If we feel a sense of emptiness within, we’re going to keep on experiencing it no matter how many romantic love partners we spend our time with. That’s because our inner emptiness is nothing but a lack of self-love. 

Therefore, unless we’re able to love and accept ourselves, we’ll always feel incomplete, regardless of how much love is shown to us.


We need to understand that we can’t love another unless we first love ourselves.

Healthy love relationships can only exist between two already complete, fulfilled people who decide to enrich their lives by sharing their overflowing-with-love hearts.

Unfortunately, most of us are emotional beggars seeking for completion in another person, only to find that our emptiness is actually deepening once we wake up to the fact that our partner is just as empty as we are.




We need to understand that love relationships are based on freedom.

Normally, partners are trying to fit each other into their fantasy image of how the Ideal Lover should look and behave like, not realizing that by doing so they’re depriving them of their freedom to be themselves.

This inevitably results in a constant state of conflict that ultimately turns relationships into prisons of emotional torture.

Just like birds need freedom of space so that they can soar into the skies, partners in an intimate relationship need the freedom to be themselves so they can spread their wings of love and fly to the peaks of consciousness.


We need to understand that healthy relationships require a lot of work.

There’s no great relationship without a lot of work behind it. In other words, great relationships don’t happen to be - they are slowly built with care and effort.

No matter how special a relationship might be, hardships to one degree or another are going to be a natural of part it, and the important question is how you deal with them: Is it through discussion and understanding or through fighting and judging?

Lastly, we need to understand that the Perfect Relationship doesn’t exist.

Contrary to what the romantic tradition has made us believe, the Perfect Relationship doesn’t exist other than in our imagination.


No actual living person is without flaws, we need to stop projecting our fairy tale fantasies on our partners, if we actually want to build genuine love relationships on the foundation of honesty, understanding and acceptance.

In addition, love relationships aren’t all passionate sex and romantic walks on sandy beaches under the filled-with-stars night sky. They’re not forever-lasting, either. In fact, they’re usually quite ephemeral. So let’s not make promises of perfect and eternal love.

Let’s be honest to one another, and keep our love real. I know, this is not the stuff movies and books are made of, but the reality nonetheless, and we better accept it before we’re slapped by it hard in the face.

Love relationships can’t be perfect, but they can still be amazingly beautiful. So let’s make the most of them, by celebrating what we do have, instead of worrying about what we don’t.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Here Are The 147 Transnational Companies That Run The World
January 31 2019 | From: TechnocracyNews

A study by the Swiss Federal Institute of Technology in Zurich found that a mere 147 corporations control the world – orchestrating events and controlling governments.



These companies are run by Technocrats who are all busy perfecting the the ultimate and interconnected global supply chain. The list is not necessarily perfect, but it is representative of a class of super-companies who are running the global show. 

 Related: City of London's Ownership of American Colonies

The analysis, which looked at the relationships between 43,000 transnational corporations, identified that only a tiny handful of mega-corporations, mostly banks, had a disproportionate amount of power over world events.

Newscientist.com reports: “Reality is so complex, we must move away from dogma, whether it’s conspiracy theories or free-market,” says James Glattfelder. “Our analysis is reality-based.”

Previous studies have found that a few TNCs [Trans-National Corporations] own large chunks of the world’s economy, but they included only a limited number of companies and omitted indirect ownerships, so could not say how this affected the global economy – whether it made it more or less stable, for instance.

The Zurich team can. From Orbis 2007, a database listing 37 million companies and investors worldwide, they pulled out all 43,060 TNCs and the share ownerships linking them. Then they constructed a model of which companies controlled others through shareholding networks, coupled with each company’s operating revenues, to map the structure of economic power.

The work, to be published in PLoS One, revealed a core of 1318 companies with interlocking ownerships. Each of the 1318 had ties to two or more other companies, and on average they were connected to 20.




Top 10 Evil Corporations

“Thought big companies got to the top by being nice? This video might make you think again, starting with IBM.”








What’s more, although they represented 20 per cent of global operating revenues, the 1318 appeared to collectively own through their shares the majority of the world’s large blue chip and manufacturing firms – the “real” economy – representing a further 60 per cent of global revenues.

When the team further untangled the web of ownership, it found much of it tracked back to a “super-entity” of 147 even more tightly knit companies – all of their ownership was held by other members of the super-entity – that controlled 40 per cent of the total wealth in the network.

“In effect, less than 1 per cent of the companies were able to control 40 per cent of the entire network,” says Glattfelder. Most were financial institutions. The top 20 included Barclays Bank, JPMorgan Chase & Co, and The Goldman Sachs Group.

John Driffill of the University of London, a macroeconomics expert, says the value of the analysis is not just to see if a small number of people controls the global economy, but rather its insights into economic stability.

Concentration of power is not good or bad in itself, says the Zurich team, but the core’s tight interconnections could be. As the world learned in 2008, such networks are unstable. “If one [company] suffers distress,” says Glattfelder, “this propagates.”



Related: 30 Plus Cold Hard Facts About The IRS: An Agent Of A Foreign Corporation - A Collection Entity For The Federal Reserve Bank

“It’s disconcerting to see how connected things really are,” agrees George Sugihara of the Scripps Institution of Oceanography in La Jolla, California, a complex systems expert who has advised Deutsche Bank.

Yaneer Bar-Yam, head of the New England Complex Systems Institute (NECSI), warns that the analysis assumes ownership equates to control, which is not always true. Most company shares are held by fund managers who may or may not control what the companies they part-own actually do. The impact of this on the system’s behaviour, he says, requires more analysis.

Crucially, by identifying the architecture of global economic power, the analysis could help make it more stable. By finding the vulnerable aspects of the system, economists can suggest measures to prevent future collapses spreading through the entire economy.

Glattfelder says we may need global anti-trust rules, which now exist only at national level, to limit over-connection among TNCs. Sugihara says the analysis suggests one possible solution: firms should be taxed for excess interconnectivity to discourage this risk.



Related: International Ownership of New Zealand Banks

One thing won’t chime with some of the protesters’ claims: the super-entity is unlikely to be the intentional result of a conspiracy to rule the world. “Such structures are common in nature,” says Sugihara.

Newcomers to any network connect preferentially to highly connected members. TNCs buy shares in each other for business reasons, not for world domination. If connectedness clusters, so does wealth, says Dan Braha of NECSI: in similar models, money flows towards the most highly connected members.

The Zurich study, says Sugihara, “is strong evidence that simple rules governing TNCs give rise spontaneously to highly connected groups”. Or as Braha puts it:


“The Occupy Wall Street claim that 1 per cent of people have most of the wealth reflects a logical phase of the self-organising economy.”

So, the super-entity may not result from conspiracy. The real question, says the Zurich team, is whether it can exert concerted political power. Driffill feels 147 is too many to sustain collusion. Braha suspects they will compete in the market but act together on common interests. [Comment: If you are reading this then you should already know what's going on.]

Resisting changes to the network structure may be one such common interest.


The Top 50 of the 147 Superconnected Companies

1. Barclays plc
2. Capital Group Companies Inc
3. FMR Corporation
4. AXA
5. State Street Corporation
6. JP Morgan Chase & Co
7. Legal & General Group plc
8. Vanguard Group Inc
9. UBS AG
10. Merrill Lynch & Co Inc
11. Wellington Management Co LLP
12. Deutsche Bank AG
13. Franklin Resources Inc
14. Credit Suisse Group
15. Walton Enterprises LLC
16. Bank of New York Mellon Corp
17. Natixis
18. Goldman Sachs Group Inc
19. T Rowe Price Group Inc
20. Legg Mason Inc
21. Morgan Stanley
22. Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group Inc
23. Northern Trust Corporation
24. Société Générale
25. Bank of America Corporation
26. Lloyds TSB Group plc
27. Invesco plc
28. Allianz SE 29. TIAA
30. Old Mutual Public Limited Company
31. Aviva plc
32. Schroders plc
33. Dodge & Cox
34. Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc*
35. Sun Life Financial Inc
36. Standard Life plc
37. CNCE
38. Nomura Holdings Inc
39. The Depository Trust Company
40. Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance
41. ING Groep NV
42. Brandes Investment Partners LP
43. Unicredito Italiano SPA
44. Deposit Insurance Corporation of Japan
45. Vereniging Aegon
46. BNP Paribas
47. Affiliated Managers Group Inc
48. Resona Holdings Inc
49. Capital Group International Inc
50. China Petrochemical Group Company




If You Hate Poverty, You Should Love Capitalism

A look into why Capitalism is the best thing that ever happened to average citizens.

Arthur Brooks, president of the American Enterprise Institute, explains how Capitalism is struggling to attract new followers despite helping millions of average people control their own destinies and accumulate wealth through hard work.





Related: May 1st: The Day Slavery System Transferred From Monarchies To The Corporations


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

How To Open The Doors Of Perception At Will Without Psychedelics
January 31 2019 | From: CollectiveEvolution / Various

What if you found out there was a key that would enable you to open and close your doors of perception at will, void of psychedelics?



What if you found out you not only held the key, but you were the key? Would you unlock the doors, or keep them shut?

Related: Graham Hancock Recently Drank Ayahuasca and Returned with this Important Message for Humanity


The Facts: Use of psychedelics are not necessary in the journey of opening the doors of personal and collective perception. In fact, one can go much deeper with sober practice.

Reflect On: What do you do on a regular basis to expand or explore your consciousness? If you have used psychedelics before, have you implemented what they showed you? If you keep going back to psychedelics, why?


“The door to the soul is unlocked; you do not need to please the doorkeeper, the door in front of you is yours, intended for you,  and the doorkeeper obeys when spoken to.”

- Robert Bly

What if you found out there was a key that would enable you to open and close your doors of perception at will, void of psychedelics?

What if you found out you not only held the key, but you were the key? Would you unlock the doors, or keep them shut?

Well, you are the key, and whether or not you choose to enter through the doors is a choice that, although invisible, is life changing.

You are the vehicle for the trip, consider this but a mere travel summary.

And for a detailed itinerary?  Well, that can only be fetched by you -not the part of you reading this, but the altered dream state part of your consciousness that will travel beyond the doors of perception to the wildness of the world where there is a livingness to all things - as it can only be found in a place with exclusive access.

A place where you can travel, but no one may follow - not even the conscious, waking state version of yourself scanning these very words.  




Related: After Ayahuasca – Five Life Changing Transformations

If you have experimented with psychedelics, you most likely know what it is like to sense the type of “livingness” to all things of which I speak.

Even if you haven’t used psychedelics, though, you almost certainly have still experienced this same livingness to all things in the world around you to a noticeable degree at least once, but probably various times as a child - a moment where the world around you took on a shimmery glow, colours suddenly appeared brighter, sounds louder and clearer, physical sensations amplified and, most notably, you could FEEL the world around you.

I am not referring to the physical, touching type of feeling, but to the intangible, energy sense of feeling where you could almost feel the luminosity of the world around you within, and you and the luminous rested in harmony as if you were one.

You were present, your perceptions altered, your senses heightened. In short,  your sensory gating channels opened to some degree, a process more commonly referred to as opening your doors of perception.  


Sensory Gating Explained: The Science Behind the Doors of Perception

The “doors of perception” are the part of our brain and central nervous system responsible for filtering input from all external stimuli, involving all of your senses -feeling (both physical and nonphysical), sight, sound, taste and smell.

This process, known as “sensory gating,” enables us to decipher the difference between “me” and “not me.” Through sensory gating, we are able to manage and comprehend the constant stream of sensory data from the external environment.

Without it, we would be unable to filter out what matters and what doesn’t, and all sensory data would touch us deeply and ultimately, we would become overstimulated and overwhelmed and go “crazy” - according to modern medicine, that is
.

You see, many of the people who are now referred to as “schizophrenics” have wide sensory gating channels that they do not know how to close, causing an overload in stimulus.  




Related: Meditation For Beginners: A Guide To Inner Tranquility

In indigenous cultures, these people would have instead been called SHAMANS, and would have been taught how to control their doors of perception and open and close them as need be.

There are ways to begin opening the doors of perception, or sensory gating channels, without using psychedelics.

Of course, the experience will not be as intense or immediate, but nor will it be short lived.

Rather, by utilizing practices that help open your sensory gating channels to some degree by altering your state of consciousness, you learn to open the doors of perception into the metaphysical background of the world and continuously uncover deeper truths to yourself and the world around you.

In essence, playing with the doors of perception in this manner, rather than through the use of mind altering substances, allows you to do more than have a life changing experience in which you see the deeper meanings to life for a brief period of time (i.e. a “trip”), but to change your life where every moment is an experience in a continuous journey into further, unexplored depths of life.

Listen to Aldous Huxley’s in depth description of the doors of perception, and the mechanisms through which the mind opens and closes them here


Hypnosis and Meditation


“ …those who have experimented with hypnosis find that, at a certain depth of trance, it happens not too infrequently that subjects, if they are left alone and not distracted, will become aware of an immanent serenity and goodness that is often associated with a perception of light and of spaces vast but not solitary.”

- Aldous Huxley, The Devils of Loudon 99

Related: Brave New World And Individual Power & How The Elite Dominate The World: They Buy Politicians, And Incumbents Almost Always Win

Practicing hypnotherapy and/or meditation on a regular basis is an excellent way to begin dabbling into the metaphysical backgrounds of yourself and of the world by tapping into your subconscious, into otherwise ignored parts of your mind.

These practices help open doors in the mind where things such as past traumas that are holding you back have remained imprisoned for years, desperately waiting for you to free them and thus yourself.



Related: In Harmony with All Life: The Open Source Way + Lifting The Veil: Merging Science And Spirituality

Meditation and hypnotherapy are also great tools for getting in touch with your intuition, helping you to see the bigger picture of current problems, allowing you to focus on the deeper truths and lessons they withhold rather than getting trapped in the mundane surface details of your problems.

In fact, when observed in this light, they eventually cease to be problems and are instead rendered avenues of inner exploration and growth. Here are some guided hypnosis and meditation sessions that may be of benefit.


The Sixth Sensory Channel: The Feeling Capacity

The 6th sensory channel, also known as the feeling capacity, refers to the ability of humans to feel, as opposed to touch.

It refers to the invisible type of feeling, as opposed to the feeling sense of physical touch embodying the ingredients of the five senses of human beings.

One is invisible and subjective, the other solely portrays the mostly objective experience of physical touching, of feeling the texture of a person or object.

The feeling sense referring to the ability to feel the invisibles describes the feelings that stir within as we encounter various experiences in our day to day life, sometimes called a sixth sense, or the sixth sensory channel.



Related: This Is How Your ‘Aura’ Affects Your Health & Those Around You + Magnetic Fields Of The Human Body And
Their Functions & 13 Signs You Are Experiencing A Spiritual Awakening


To better understand the sixth sensory channel, consider the following example: you come home from work and ask your partner what’s wrong.

Nothing,” they brashly reply.

But, by the tone of their voice, you know nothing means everything, and that you better respond with something along the lines of, “please tell me what’s wrong,” unless you want to endure a silent dinner - one that also evokes a feeling sense, as the silence speaks volumes and is filled with tension, making you uneasy -  and sleep on the couch that night.

Simply put, awakening to the feeling sense that is not often spoken of as it is not included in the five senses that we are taught we have, cultivates your feeling capacity, your ability to feel the invisible, unspoken and unseen meanings of situations, and of things both yourself and others do and say.

In order to develop your feeling capacity, pay attention to the way things feel.

Interpret situations with your heart first, then your thoughts.

For a deeper understanding of the sixth sensory channel and how you can begin  to reclaim your feeling sense, consider listening to this in this interview with Stephen Buhner.

Related: The Three Stages Of Spiritual Transformation


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

France’s Yellow Vest Protesters: Unleash Chaos By Withdrawing All Money From Banks & How The 1% Profit Off Of Racial Economic Inequality
January 28 2019 | From: MoneyAndMarkets / TheGuardian / Various

Activists from a French protest movement encouraged supporters recently to set off a bank run by emptying their accounts, while the government urged citizens to express their discontent in a national debate instead of weekly demonstrations disrupting the streets of Paris.



Activists from the yellow vest movement, which started with protests over fuel tax increases, recommended the massive cash withdrawals on social media.

Related: Mass Media Blacks Out Yellow Vests While Others Call for Cancelling Davos

One protester, Maxime Nicolle called it the “tax collector’s referendum.”


“We are going to get our bread back … You’re making money with our dough, and we’re fed up,” Nicolle said in a video message.

The movement’s adherents said they hoped the banking action will force the French government to heed their demands, especially giving citizens the right to propose and vote on new laws.

Meanwhile, Prime Minister Edouard Philippe gave details Wednesday of a “big debate” the government plans to start next week in all the regions of France.


“We want it to be rich, impartial and fruitful, to be able to take it into account in the period now beginning,” Philippe said.

The debates will focus on four main topics: climate change, democratic issues, taxes and public services, the prime minister said.

Anyone can propose a local event and an internet platform will provide another venue for discussion, he said.

President Emmanuel Macron proposed the debate as a way for the government to hear and to respond to the movement’s central complaints.



Related: Yellow Vests Becoming World Wide Movement

Macron also announced 10 billion euros ($11.5 billion) worth of measures to boost the purchasing power of French households.

About 200 protesters, including trade union members and participants in the yellow vest movement, gathered Wednesday in Creteil, a Paris suburb as Macron visited a handball facility dedicated to handball gymnasium.

Police officers used tear gas to keep the crowd at a distance from the French leader.

The yellow vest movement was named after the fluorescent garments French motorists must carry so they are visible if they need to get out of their vehicles in a place that could be unsafe.

The protests started in November to oppose fuel tax hikes and have expanded into broader public rejections of Macron’s economic policies, deemed to favor the rich.

What They’re Not Telling You About the Yellow Vests





Related Articles:

Taxi drivers in Spain wear yellow vests, protest in the streets

French citizens condemn police use of non-lethal weapons in ‘yellow vest’ protests

Mass shooting deaths in 2018 killed 68 Americans and the mass media freaked out; ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS murdered 2,000 people – MSM silent

The new elite’s phoney crusade to save the world – without changing anything

Davos elites fear they’re on a toboggan ride to hell



How The 1% Profit Off Of Racial Economic Inequality

The racial wealth divide is bringing down median wealth, while wealth at the very top soars.



An economy that’s rigged to benefit the richest 1% has left most of America behind. While wages for workers have remained flat for decades, expenses for healthcare, housing, and most basic needs have risen. Alongside record concentrations of income and wealth at the top, America’s racial wealth divide has persisted – or worsened.

Related: Surveillance Capitalism – Toward Fascist Control of the 99% by the 1%

As people of color make up a larger share of the diversifying US population, that persistent racial wealth divide is bringing down America’s median wealth. But while wealth at the middle falters, it’s soaring at the top.

In other words, the 1% are profiting off ongoing racial economic inequality.

All this is happening against a backdrop of seemingly good economic news. Black and Latino unemployment rates reached historic lows in 2018, and median income has slowly inched up for all households in the last few years.

But measures of wealth – what you own minus what you owe – tell a very different story. Those were our findings in Dreams Deferred, a new study on the racial wealth divide for the Institute for Policy Studies.

Since the early 1980s, median wealth among black and Latino families has been stuck at less than $10,000.

The median black family today owns $3,600 – just 2% of the $147,000 of wealth the median white family owns. The median Latino family has assets worth $6,600 – just 4% of the median white family.



Related: Philosopher: Yellow Vest Movement Is “Historic,” Unlike Any Other Protest

In other words, the median white family has 41 times more wealth than the median black family and 22 times more wealth than the median Latino family.

“Median wealth” refers to the household at the exact middle of wealth distribution – with half of households above and half below. That’s different from “average wealth”, which skews the numbers by including the wealth of the richest 1%. (Average white wealth, for example, was $930,000 in 2016. But the ordinary white person isn’t close to being a millionaire.)

Changes in median wealth give us a multi-decade understanding of economic security and wellbeing. Since 1983, median wealth for all US households declined by 3%, adjusting for inflation. Over this same period, the median Black family saw their wealth drop by more than half.

Meanwhile, the number of households with $10m or more soared by 856%.

If the trajectory of the past three decades continues, by 2050 the median white family will have $174,000 of wealth, while Latino median wealth will be just $8,600 – and black median wealth will head downward to $600. In fact, the median black family is on track to reach zero wealth by 2082.



Related: A Deeper Understanding Of Technocracy & Seven Things I Would Do If I Wanted To Keep Poor People Poor

While the middle stagnates and the very top soars away, there’s also surging growth at the bottom end of the spectrum.

A growing number of households are “underwater” when it comes to wealth. The proportion of all US households – of any race – with zero or “negative” wealth (meaning their debts exceed the value of their assets) has grown from one in six in 1983 to one in five households today.

Thirty-seven percent of black families and 33% of Latino families have zero or negative wealth, compared to just 15.5% of white families

Families of color are much likelier to be in this precarious financial situation. 37% of black families and 33% of Latino families have zero or negative wealth, compared with just 15.5% of white families.

These racial wealth divisions are damaging to the economy as a whole. Low levels of black and Latino wealth, combined with their growing proportion of the population, are a significant contributor to the overall decline in American median household wealth.



Related: Yellow Vest Protestors Begin Controlled Demolition Of Entire Banking System

Meanwhile, efforts to close the racial economic divide have been thwarted by the larger economic inequalities surging through the economy.

Billionaire-bankrolled outfits like the Koch network, for example, have invested heavily in politicians that have made the tax code more unequal than ever.

Public policies aimed at reducing both overall inequality and the racial wealth divide in particular will be critical to creating a more equitable economic system.

Such policies could include the expansion of first-time homeownership programs and the creation of a “baby bond” program, to seed an asset account for each newborn.

But we also must address the overall challenges of inequality with policies to raise the minimum wage and expand healthcare, while taxing the 1% to fund education and infrastructure that create an economy that works for everyone, not just the super-rich.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Left-Wing Media Run By Actual Demon-Possessed Anti-Human Evil Entities
January 28 2019 | From: NaturalNews / Various

If you’re wondering why the left-wing media is infused with absolute evil, a seething, anti-human hatred of life, truth, healthy babies and human liberty, the answer is far larger than what you might have supposed.



An increasing number of so-called “journalists” working for the anti-human media are actually demon-possessed entities working to destroy human life, Christianity and belief in God.

Related: Chris Hedges and Seymour Hersh on the Whorehouse Called the US Media

Beyond a mere political war, we are engaged in a spiritual war of cosmic importance, as pure evil has taken over nearly the entire left-wing media, government bureaucracies, universities and public schools, Hollywood and the pop culture media, and even the ranks of “science” and medicine.


“They first cropped up seemingly out of nowhere about six years ago, adorned in black capes with curved devil horns affixed to their heads, holding posters and black American flags as they shouted ‘Hail, Satan’ on the steps of government institutions,” reports the UK Daily Mail in a story documenting the rise of Satanism in America.

“And they were growing, exponentially. Since The Satanic Temple’s founding in 2012, the organization has increased from a handful of members to tens of thousands, with chapters all over the US and the globe, from Stockholm to London and Los Angeles to Texas.”



Related: The New York Times Makes Another Attempt To Normalize Pedophilia & Hollywood Is A Satanic Cesspool

Satanism is on the rise in the United States and around the world. Human-looking entities that were born as humans and previously possessed human souls are now entirely possessed by demonic spirits working to serve their dark lord Satan.

“The next thing I came to understand was they weren’t pretending to be Satanists to make a political point. They were Satanists,” says one observer quoted in the story. Read how Satanists define their movement:


“To us, Satan is the symbol that best suits the nature of we who are carnal by birth – people who feel no battles raging between our thoughts and feelings, we who do not embrace the concept of a soul imprisoned in a body.

He represents pride, liberty, and individualism – qualities often defined as Evil by those who worship external deities, who feel there is a war between their minds and emotions.
.”

Satan worshipers are now running the pop culture of America, where everything from Superbowl half-time shows to star-studded music videos now features overt Satanic imagery and symbolism as a form of mass indoctrination.

These Satanists relish evil and the destruction of all that is good.



Related: The rise of Satanism in America


How to Spot a Demon in Human Form – Watch the Mini-Documentary

How can you tell the difference between an actual human being with a divine soul vs. a human vessel that has been occupied and taken over by a demonic dark spirit?

In the following mini-documentary, I explain how you can “spot a demon” in human form.

Some of the more obvious signs are that demons in human form relish the thought of murdering babies (abortion), injecting people with vaccines made from aborted human babies (aborted human fetal tissue is one of the primary ingredients used in modern vaccines), attacking Christians and seeking harm upon children through toxic medicine, physical violence (the recent Covington Catholic School hoax) and mental indoctrination.

The goal of the Satanists is to attack all human vessels and possess them with demonic spirits by driving out divine human souls.



Related: Former Satanic Priest Exposes The Four Main Tenets Of Satanic Ideology & Are You A Satanist?

This war is already well under way. Many of the “people” you meet in society today are no longer humans on the inside. They are literal demon souls that have possessed and now operate human bodies like biological puppets.

These demonic entities appear human, but answer only to Satan. They operate at the highest levels of society, having infiltrated politics, media, entertainment, finance, science, medicine and even organized religion.

When you see people celebrating abortion and “shouting” praise for the murder of unborn babies, rest assured you are looking at a demon spirit which has possessed and taken over a human body.

They are anti-human for the simple reason that they are not human themselves.

Their goal is the complete destruction of humankind and all divine life on planet Earth.

Watch my truly horrifying mini-documentary here to learn more:





Related Articles:

Black Magic: Satanists Rule The World, Not Politicians, Bankers Or Military Heads [Although They Are
Usually All One And The Same] + Another Illuminati Whistleblower Speaks Out


A Country Without An Honest Media Is Lost: The Largest Conspiracy Theory Peddlers Are Mainstream Media
And The US State Department

How The Term “Satan” Originated And How Satanism Controls Entities & The Djinn (Jinn) And Their Connection
To The Shadow People

Occult Holidays And Sabbats: Why Holidays Are Satanic Rituals

Satan’s Credit Card: What The Mark Of The Beast Taught Me About The Future Of Money

The Peace Sign And Satanism

Male Dominance Is More Fake News

How BBC Presstitutes Create Fake News

What a Farce! Roger Stone arrested, charged with “process crimes” – NO collusion – while CNN tipped off to capture the theatrics on video

Government Overreach, News, Police State European Union Limiting Citizen’s Access to News?

Death Of Russiagate: Mueller Team Tied To Mifsud’s Network

Mainstream Media’s Coverage of Trump Was 90 Percent Negative in 2018

Coincidence? Comey’s Former Assistant Went to Work for CNN - And CNN is Only News Org to Get Tip on Roger Stone Raid

Raw Video Shows CNN Colluded With FBI to Film Roger Stone SWAT-Style Raid and Arrest

Pence Claims Pelosi’s Refusal to Negotiate Tells Americans ‘Everything They Need to Know’ About Dems

Trump Announces ‘Alternative’ Event After Pelosi Blocks State Of The Union

President Trump reopens government

The Reality Of War: Memorial Day Normalizes Satanic Human Sacrifice


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Professor: “God-Like” Google Has Been “Weaponized” For Political Purposes
& Experts From UK Take A Look At US Social Media
January 27 2019 | From: Infowars / ArnoldIT

Cyber security expert warns employees are punishing sites that conflict with their politics.

Professor of cyber security Kevin Curran says that Google now has “God-like” power which has been weaponized for political purposes.

Related: Here’s What The Big Tech Companies Know About You & Sundar Pichai Lies To Congress About Google Tracking Location Of Users

Responding to a story about how Google considered banning Breitbart from its lucrative ad network for vague, unspecified “hate speech,” Curran, professor of cyber security at the Faculty of Computing, Engineering and Built Environment at Ulster University, warned that the Silicon Valley giant is out of control.


"The newly released leaked emails, which demonstrate Google employees plotting to ban Breitbart from Google AdSense, show again the God-like power companies like Google have in modern life,”
said Curran.

“Here we have a company with employees who’d seen to remove the ads from a company, which relies on the dominant search engine of the Internet,” Curran told Sputnik.

“Removal from the search ad market on Google would severely damage their business. It seems that Google employees were seeking to weaponize Google search for left-wing political purposes.”




Related: Anonymous: Will The Internet Get Real? A Manifesto On False Flags, Big Lies, And The Loss Of Integrity By All Law Enforcement Agencies And The Media

Calling for greater transparency, Curran said that Google employees were abusing their power to “to punish sites which conflict with their politics” and that a “company culture” existed at Google which turns a blind eye to this abuse.

As we previously reported, following Donald Trump’s election win, Google employees discussed gaming their own search results to bury conservative media outlets.


"How many times did you see the Election now card with items from opinion blogs (Breitbart, Daily Caller) elevated next to legitimate news organizations?”
asked Google engineer Scott Byer, adding, “That’s something that can and should be fixed.”

A video of a Google meeting shortly after the election which leaked in September also revealed “an atmosphere of panic and dismay amongst the tech giant’s leadership” and a willingness to not let Trump win again.



Related: Google, Facebook And Amazon Are Just Extensions Of The Surveillance State; Dangerous Mafia Heads Of A
Fascist Corporate Regime + Internal Facebook Documents Reveal Zuckerberg Discussed Selling User Data To Developers, Advertisers

According to Dr. Robert Epstein, Google helped shift 2 to 3 million votes in Hillary Clinton’s favor with bias search algorithms during the presidential election.


"Who on Earth gave these private companies the power to make decisions about what everyone in the world is going to see or not see?”
asked Epstein.

“These companies shouldn’t have that power, period.”


Related Articles:

How a NeoCon-Backed “Fact Checker” Plans to Wage War on Independent Media

Google caught secretly recording conversations through your mobile device

UK: Hate Crime Police Investigate Man’s “Thinking” After He Criticized Transgenderism

Leftist Media Coverage Frames Covington Teens, Pushes USA Closer To Civil War



Experts From UK Take A Look At US Social Media

I read “Silicon Valley’s ‘Belated and Uncoordinated’ Efforts at Dealing with Russian Fake News Revealed.” The report was created by experts in the UK and leaded to the Washington Post.



Here’s a quote which suggests the principal finding:

Related: RT Brings You A New Censorship Buster & Google Admits In Court Documents That It Believes Free Speech Is “Disastrous” For Society


"Social media have gone from being the natural infrastructure for sharing collective grievances and coordinating civic engagement to being a computational tool for social control, manipulated by canny political consultants and available to politicians in democracies and dictatorships alike,”
the authors of the report wrote.

The idea is that technology is neutral until a person figures out how to use it as a weapon or to his or her advantage.

In the case of social media, the companies managed as if they were high school science clubs’ entries in a Science Fair, have created some interesting tools.

A few of the tools are similar to the wizard who creates a death ray, uses it to cook a burger, and gives the gizmo away at a yard sale. A clever person picks it up and starts vaporizing the pets and the neighbors.

Remember that technology is neutral mantra. That’s something repeated by individuals who have not read The Technological Bluff by Jacques Ellul.



Related: Trump On Establishment Media: “Truth Doesn’t Matter To Them” & Leaked 49-Page Memo Documents How George Soros Is Behind Social Media Censorship

Does one want to access “all the world’s information”? Not me. Selectivity, editorial controls, policy controls, and informed decision making are helpful.

Anyone remember that Pandora’s box thing? In January 2019, Beyond Search is switching focus, and we are introducing a Web log to complement our video series “DarkCyber.”

Times, they are a-changin’.


Related Articles:

NAACP Launches Facebook Boycott

Amazon Alexa a “DEMON device” that gathers information that can be used to blackmail you for life

#GoogleGestapo: ‘There’s no place to hide’: Shocking study reveals how Twitter and Facebook learn private information about you – even if you DON’T have an account

Facebook Fraud #GoogleGestapo Core Value


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Prepare For Emergency Action In The World: The Orchestrated Assault On Your Mind, The West And President Trump Is Approaching Its Final Chapter
January 26 2019 | From: NaturalNews / Various

An urgent alert to all Westerners: Prepare for emergency action in the 3D world.



New information has come to light that indicates the “final solution” of the globalist agenda to destroy America [Read: The West] and enslave its citizens is drawing near.

Related: Counterthink: Government has been weaponized against humanity to achieve “efficient extermination” of humanity – full show

The entire corporate-run media is a fact-free mental poisoning operation that fabricates fake news on a daily basis to lie about vaccines, GMOs, pharmaceuticals, pesticides and everything else that’s poisoning your body and mind.

The lies about President Trump go even beyond the “usual” lies, consisting of wholly fabricated delusions about Russia that utterly lack any shred of evidence or factual basis.

The New York Times, Washington Post, CNN, BuzzFeed and all the rest are committing orchestrated treason against America, and they’re following orders from a rogue branch of the CIA which has, for decades, specialized in toppling foreign regimes and installing political puppets as “leaders.”

For the last two years, their goal has been to carry out a political coup against President Trump, no matter what the cost.

The media has sacrificed every last shred of credibility to achieve this goal and now exists as nothing more than a delusions factory that produces daily fiction rigorously mislabeled “news.”



Related: A Country Without An Honest Media Is Lost: The Largest Conspiracy Theory Peddlers Are Mainstream Media
And The US State Department

Roger Stone describes the full plan in this important story from InfoWars:


"Political strategist Roger Stone says that the deep state is planning to remove both President Trump and VP Mike Pence from office so that they can install Nancy Pelosi as President as part of a coup that will eventually see Hillary Clinton return as President.

“The deep state seeks to fabricate some misdeed by the Trump campaign that is sold as Russian collusion,” said Stone.

“That way they can remove both Donald Trump and Vice President Mike Pence, paving the way for Nancy Pelosi to become president.”

“Pelosi will then appoint Hillary Clinton to the vacant Vice Presidency after which Pelosi would resign as president allowing Hillary to take the White House which alluded her grasp in 2016.”


A Plan Will Be Initiated to Arrest and Handcuff President Trump, Staged for CNN Cameras

The media hacks have been ordered by globalist controllers to demand the impeachment of President Trump.

With the help of anti-Trump insiders, they are planning to stage a physical coup to arrest and handcuff the President, then “perp walk” him in front of CNN’s cameras in a staged, theatrical ploy to make the president look guilty even when it’s the treasonous traitors who are the guilty ones.

The imminent death of Ruth Bader Ginsburg has accelerated the timeline of the anti-Trumpers throughout the deep state and the poisonous media.

They have been ordered to pull out all the stops and do anything and everything necessary to eliminate Trump before Ginsburg is removed from the Supreme Court.



Related: Mass Arrests Versus Deep State Operatives Imminent & Trump Thinks Americans Will Engage In An Armed
Revolt If Deep State Tries To Remove Him From Office


Rumors are circulating that Ginsburg is already dead and that her death is being covered up to provide enough time for the deep state to arrest and remove President Trump from office, but those rumors have not been confirmed and may be mere conjecture.

In any case, Ginsburg’s passing is very near, and this has underscored the perceived emergency on the Left which is willing to do absolutely anything to maintain authoritarian power over the American people.

Simultaneously, the evil tech giants have gone into full-blown censorship mode and have transformed into rogue tech companies that conspire to silence all pro-America, pro-Trump speech across the ‘net.


Comment: Read about the Alliance that has been working behind the scenes for decades to take down the 'Cabal' within the work of David Wilcock.

Some of those reading this may be confused because the cabal-controlled mainstream media is doing everything within it's power to denigrate Trump - as he is part of the effort to take the Illuminati down once and for all.

Related Articles:

Who Is QAnon? An Introduction To The QAnon Phenomenon #QAnon #GreatAwakening

Global Alliance Moving For A Checkmate Versus The Deep State

It has become an urgent national security matter to now arrest the CEOs of Google, Facebook, YouTube, Twitter and other tech giants, as they are now committing treason on a daily basis, conspiring to see America’s democracy overturned while demanding that America itself be overrun with communists and illegal aliens in a mass land invasion.

Google, Apple and Facebook, in particular, have become the true “enemies of the state” and now answer solely to Communist China.

These rogue corporate monstrosities must be dismantled and prevented from ever rising up again. They now operate as criminal enterprises in total violation of basic human humans, freedom of speech and the rule of law.

Google is an enemy and must be destroyed if the West is to survive.


Prepare to Descend Upon Washington to Defend Your Nation, Your President and Your Future

Action item for all Americans: If this political coup is triggered, descend upon Washington and start taking action to defend your nation with every means available.

Defend your President. Defend your Constitution. Defend your borders. Under authorization from the Constitution itself, seek out and arrest the treasonous actors throughout the deep state and the CIA-run media who have orchestrated this planned destruction of our great nation.

It is now abundantly clear that the deep state cannot be defeated from within. It has become too strong, too dangerous and too bold to be restrained through any normal channel of law or regulation.



Related: 2019: The Year Deep State Gets Demolished

The deep state must be halted in the physical world, through processes outside the control of the corrupt bureaucracy. This can only happen through direct action in the “3D world,” as it’s called, and it is the President himself who can initiate the authorization for citizens to carry out this action.

There are two trigger events that provide authorization for the citizens of America to rise up in the 3D world and converge on Washington D.C. to take their country back from the deep state traitors who are systematically destroying it:

Trigger event #1. An arrest or assassination of President Trump. This would be proof of an illegal coup which would trigger the Second Amendment defense of America.

Trigger event #2. President Trump announces authorization for citizens’ action against the deep state traitors, effectively “deputizing” millions of Americans to locate and round up deep state traitors named by the President.


Will Trump Declassify Damning Evidence During His Upcoming State of the Union Address?

The upcoming State of the Union address may turn out to be President Trump reading and releasing previously-classified documents and calling for the mass arrest of traitors going all the way up to Barack Obama, a treasonous actor who conspired to destroy America while weaponizing the intelligence community to criminalize the incoming Trump administration. (The FBI actually inserted spies / actors into the Trump campaign in order to claim his campaign was “working with the Russians.”)

Haven’t you wondered why Nancy Pelosi is so desperate to stop Trump from speaking in a live, televised event?

My sources tell me an attempt at removing Trump from office will be made before the SOTU speech.



Related: More Undeniable Signs That The Global Criminal Cabal Is Going Down + Obama, Hillary Clinton Both
Supported Trump’s Plan To Stop Migrants At Border

Should such an attempt take place, that is your authorization to take emergency action to save your nation from falling to the hands of the globalists and the poison-pushing news cartels that are now 100% aligned against our constitutional republic.

Pray for America and pray for the President. Just as importantly, prepare for emergency action in the 3D world, because that appears to be the last remaining option for saving America [Read: The West] from the poisoners, the propagandists, the globalists, the media liars and the political assassins.

Stay informed. Read Trump.news or WhiteHouse.news.


Related Articles:


Donald Trump Twenty-Four Months On…

Away from the Globalists: Who Q-Anon Is

The National Security Agency Is A Criminal Organization

The Shutdown Showdown!


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Forgotten History: US Bankers Financing US Enemies - And Why It Is Important Now
January 25 2019 | From: JonRappoport

In 1971, Gary Allen published his book, None Dare Call it Conspiracy. It quickly became an unofficial best seller. Over the years, several million copies have been sold.



Allen’s thesis was stark: super-rich American capitalists were financing socialism. This bizarre paradox was resolved when socialism was properly understood - not as “power to the people” - but as elite power over the people. In other words, as a hoax.

Related: Gilad Atzmon Expains the Murder of the West by Identity Politics

These days, the socialist hoax is still unknown to most of the population. Cloak a global power grab as progress for all of humanity.

Here, from chapter six of None Dare Call it Conspiracy, “The Rockefellers and the Reds,” is a devastating passage commenting on the period just after the Russian Revolution of 1917:

“The Rockefellers assigned their public relations agent, Ivy Lee, to sell the American public the idea that the Bolsheviks were merely misunderstood idealists who were actually kind benefactors of mankind.”

Professor Antony Sutton of Stanford University’s Hoover Institution, notes in his highly authoritative Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development:”

“’Quite predictably…[Ivy] Lee concludes that the communist problem is merely psychological. By this time he is talking about “Russians” (not Communists) and concludes “they are all right.”

He suggests the United States should not engage in propaganda; makes a plea for peaceful coexistence; and suggests the United States would find it sound policy to recognize the USSR and advance credits [give loans].’ (Antony Sutton, Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1917-1930, Hoover Institution on War, Revolution and Peace, Stanford University, Calif., 1968, p.292)”




Related: Rockefeller, Ford Foundations Behind World Social Forum (WSF). The Corporate Funding Of Social Activism

“After the Bolshevik Revolution, Standard [Oil] of New Jersey [Rockefeller] bought 50 per cent of the Nobel’s huge Caucasus oil fields even though the property had theoretically been nationalized [by Russia]. (O’Connor, Harvey, The Empire Of Oil, Monthly Review Press, New York, 1955, p.270.)”

“In 1927, Standard Oil of New York [Rockefeller] built a refinery in Russia, thereby helping the Bolsheviks put their economy back on its feet. Professor Sutton states: ‘This was the first United States investment in Russia since the Revolution.’ (Ibid, Vol.1, p.38)”

“Shortly thereafter Standard Oil of New York and its subsidiary, Vacuum Oil Company [Rockefeller], concluded a deal to market Soviet oil in European countries and it was reported that a loan of $75,009,000 to the Bolsheviks was arranged. (National Republic, Sept.1927.)”

“…Wherever Standard Oil would go, Chase National Bank was sure to follow. (The Rockefeller’s Chase Bank was later merged with the Warburg’s Manhattan Bank to form the present Chase Manhattan Bank.) In order to rescue the Bolsheviks, who were supposedly an archenemy, the Chase National Bank was instrumental in establishing the American-Russian Chamber of Commerce in 1922.



Related: Antony Sutton, Skull & Bones, Hitler, the Bush family

President of the Chamber was Reeve Schley, a vice-president of Chase National Bank. (Ibid, Vol.11, p.288) According to Professor Sutton: ‘In 1925, negotiations between Chase and [Russian] Prombank extended beyond the finance of raw materials and mapped out a complete program for financing Soviet raw material exports to the U. S. and imports of U. S. cotton and machinery.’ (Ibid, Vol.11, p.226) Sutton also reports that ‘Chase National Bank and the Equitable Trust Company were leaders in the Soviet credit business.’ (Ibid, p.277)”

“The Rockefeller’s Chase National Bank also was involved in selling Bolshevik bonds in the United States in 1928. Patriotic organizations denounced the Chase as an ‘international fence.’ Chase was called ‘a disgrace to America… They will go to any lengths for a few dollars profits.’ (Ibid, Vol.11, p.291) Congressman Louis McFadden, chairman of the House Banking Committee, maintained in a speech to his fellow Congressmen:”

“’The Soviet government has been given United States Treasury funds by the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Reserve Banks acting through the Chase Bank and the Guaranty Trust Company and other banks in New York City.”

“’Open up the books of Amtorg, the trading organization of the Soviet government in New York, and of Gostorg, the general office of the Soviet Trade Organization, and of the State Bank of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics and you will be staggered to see how much American money has been taken from the United States’ Treasury for the benefit of Russia.

Find out what business has been transacted for the State Bank of Soviet Russia by its correspondent, the Chase Bank of New York’. (Congressional Record, June 15, 1933.)”




Related: The House of Rockefeller

“But the Rockefellers apparently were not alone in financing the Communist arm of the Insiders’ conspiracy. According to Professor Sutton ‘… there is a report in the State Department files that names Kuhn, Loeb & Co. (the long established and important financial house in New York) as the financier of the [Russians’] First Five Year Plan. See U. S. State Dept. Decimal File, 811.51/3711 and 861.50 FIVE YEAR PLAN/236.’ (Sutton, op. cit., Vol. II, p. 340n.)”

“Professor Sutton proves conclusively in his three volume history of Soviet technological development that the Soviet Union was almost literally manufactured by the U.S.A…”

“…Sutton shows that there is hardly a segment of the Soviet economy which is not a result of the transference of Western, particularly American, technology.”

“This cannot be wholly the result of accident. For fifty years the Federal Reserve-CFR-Rockefeller-lnsider crowd has advocated and carried out policies aimed at increasing the power of their satellite, the Soviet Union. Meanwhile, America spends $75 billion a year on defense to protect itself from the enemy the Insiders are building up.”

NOTE: The descendants of these bankers are now doing everything they can to build up the story that Donald Trump won the presidency by colluding with Russians. To call this an irony, in view of the above information, would be a vast understatement.



Related: Psychologists Who Developed CIA Torture Reach Secret Deal to Avoid Trial

However, the motives of these men are clear: regardless of whether Trump meant to keep his promises to destroy Globalism (aka worldwide socialism), his mere mention of Globalism as the enemy, during the presidential campaign, and his declared opposition to Globalist “free trade” treaties, was sufficient to warrant an all-out attack on him.

The whole idea of nationalism as preferable to Globalism could act as a contagious germ spreading to the people of other countries - so Trump as the face and symbol of such sentiments had to be defamed and crushed.

Through various front organizations, cutouts, dupes, brainwashed useful idiots, and violent hired thugs, that operation to crush Trump is well underway.

Again - and this point must be understood - IT DOESN’T MATTER WHETHER TRUMP EVER MEANT TO KEEP HIS PROMISE TO BURY GLOBALISM. THE MERE MENTION OF GLOBALISM AS THE ENEMY WAS AND IS SUFFICIENT TO WARRANT UNCEASING ATTACKS AGAINST HIM.

Many, many of Trump’s supporters want to see Globalism buried.

Ultimately, they are the real target of the Globalists, who want to neutralize and disperse them and make them passive and demoralized.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Five So-Called “Conspiracy Theories” That Are Actually Supported By Mainstream Science
January 24 2019 | From: NaturalNews

Telling the truth about a scandal that hasn’t been approved by the legacy media and their owners often yields a predictable result: You’ll be labeled a conspiracy theorist - even when there is plenty of evidence to support the truth.



Comfortable lies may help some people sleep at night, but the truth is that many supposed “conspiracy theories” are actually real, and are supported by science.

Related: New Study Reveals Surprising Truths About Conspiracy Theories

Who would have thought? Here are five truths that are widely misrepresented as conspiracy theories, and the evidence which supports them:


1. Atrazine Disrupts, Damages the Endocrine System

Atrazine is on the fast-track to becoming one of the most widely used pesticides in the United States. And because of this, there is a high amount of it in groundwater.

It is consistently detected in public water supplies - which in and of itself is really quite concerning. But when the profound potential for this toxic chemical to spur endocrine disruption is taken into account, atrazine becomes downright frightening.

Research led by Dr. Tyrone Hayes, a scientist from the University of California at Berkeley, has shown that in frogs, atrazine is capable of causing lasting endocrine damage.



Related: Why Are Public Officials Protecting GMO And The Pesticides Industry? Digging Down Into The Cesspool Of
Corruption


In males, the disruption to endocrine function can be so severe that it results in chemical castration. In one study, Hayes exposed 40 tadpoles to water tainted with atrazine, at a concentration of 2.5 parts per billion - well within the EPA’s allotment for drinking water.

Nearly one-tenth of the tadpoles that were reared in the atrazine-laden water became “functionally female,” according to Hayes. Despite reportedly being born male, they ended up producing eggs.

And as sources report;


“After being exposed to atrazine, many of the 36 male-presenting frogs reportedly showed decreased testosterone, reduced breeding gland size, poor laryngeal development, suppressed mating behavior, and reduced fertility. Similar effects have been seen in other amphibious creatures.”

Studies from Purdue University and other esteemed research teams have found similar results regarding atrazine’s potential to disrupt the endocrine system - even at amounts regarded by federal agencies as “safe.”

Indeed, it would seem they are emphatically not safe. Perhaps that’s why Europe banned atrazine. So, why is it still used in the U.S.?


2. Cellphones Cause Brain Tumors

Is this really that far-fetched? That cellphones produce radiation is well established at this point - as is radiation’s connection to cancer.

It’s often reported that because cellphones produce a different type of radiation (compared to say, nuclear radiation), it poses no health risk. But numerous scientific studies have said otherwise. Indeed, the risk of cellphone use is widely under-reported.

Recently, research again implicated cellphones as a player in the cancer-causing game: This time, mobile devices were linked to brain and heart tumors.



Related: 5G And IoT: A Trojan Horse + Wifi Linked To Cancer And DNA Damage, Says New Report: Here’s What To Do

In a study of rats, exposure to radio frequency radiation produced by cellphones led to the onset of a few different types of cancer - including rare Schwann cell tumors in the brain and heart.

At a 2016 conference, one doctor bravely declared that the potential for cellphones to cause cancer was obvious.


“The weight of the evidence is clear: Cell phones do cause brain cancer,”
stated Dr. Devra Davis, president of the Environmental Health Trust.

Children are particularly susceptible to the woes of cellphones, and Davis contended further that pregnant women should be especially careful about their cellphone use and storage. 

“Keep the phone away from the abdomen - especially toward the end of pregnancy,” she cautioned.

There have been multiple warnings about the threat of cancer posed by cellphones, but many refuse to acknowledge the science that backs it up.


3. Chemtrails and Geoengineering Are Real

Mentioning the word “chemtrails” is a great way to earn the scorn of mainstream media pundits and their ilk. But a quick search of the term “geoengineering” yields a number of results - including a Geoengineering program at University of Oxford.

The program page notes that stratospheric aerosols (more commonly known as chemtrails) are one tool of choice in the geoengineering industry.

There are many reports on the facts about geoengineering efforts.



Related: Geoengineering And Weather Modification Exposed

While there are many facets to the geoengineering scheme, chemtrails have long been one of the most easily visible tactics - and also the most denied. According to the U.S. government’s own records, aerosol spraying efforts have been underway for decades.

Even NASA has reportedly admitted to spraying lithium into the atmosphere. And in 2017, an EPA scientist was fired for sounding the alarm on the dangers of spraying aluminum into the atmosphere.

These efforts may be an attempt at controlling the climate - but as many have warned, geoengineering may come with a hefty price.

It seems that the only thing “fake” about geoengineering are the claims that it isn’t happening.


4. Fluoride is a Neurotoxin

The mass fluoridation of the American people is probably one of the greatest shams of all time.

First and foremost, there is no evidence to support the claim that fluoride consumption prevents cavities.

Fluoride is not an essential nutrient (quite the opposite, really) and it is not necessary for human health in any way, shape or form.

But it’s not just “nonessential,” this compound is actually quite dangerous to human health - especially when it comes to the health of your brain. Nearly 60 studies have reported a link between fluoride consumption and a reduction in IQ.



Related: Fluoride Officially Classified As A Neurotoxin In World’s Top Medical Journals & Perfluorinated Chemicals
(PFCs) Found In Nearly Half Of All Fast Food Wrappers From McDonald’s, Burger King, Starbucks And other Food Retailers

Water fluoridation has also been linked other health problems, like bone loss, cancer, and negative effects on the immune system, thyroid and pineal gland.

Many have likened the fluoridation of public water supplies to mass medication, especially given fluoride’s link to lower IQs in children and other neurological impairments. Even research from Harvard University has shown this potential for harm.

There is no shortage of reasons to end water fluoridation, but mainstream media and their keepers surely don’t want you to know about that.


5. Vaccines Contain Mercury, Aborted Fetal Cells and Other Hazardous Ingredients

Last but certainly not least is perhaps the most widely contested truth of all: Vaccines are a veritable cocktail of unsavory ingredients.

From thimerosal in flu shots to aluminum adjuvants to human diploid cells from fetal tissue, there’s no shortage of things to be disgusted with when it comes to vaccines - or the vaccine industry’s propaganda, for that matter.

Despite media attempts at misinforming the public, the FDA admits that some vaccines still contain thimerosal as a preservative - and some vaccine-makers still use thimerosal as part of their “manufacturing process.”



Related: Cot Deaths Linked To Vaccinations + Harvard Medical School Doctor: Vaccine Science Is Not Settled

As the FDA itself notes, thimerosal is 50 percent mercury by weight - and a thimerosal-containing vaccine will deliver a 25-microgram dose of mercury to its recipients that are over the age of three.

Children under three get a half-dose, which means they’re still being injected with over 12 micrograms of mercury. This may not sound like a lot, but as Trace Amounts explains - that is more than enough to do harm.

A child would have to weigh 550 pounds to safely withstand a 25-microgram dose of mercury.

Mercury is a toxic heavy metal with no currently identified safe level of exposure. It does not belong in any vaccine, whether it’s being labeled as “preservative” or a “manufacturing process” agent.

Mike Adams, founder of Natural News and Director of CWC Labs, has repeatedly broken stories about the presence of other detestable vaccine ingredients.



Related: Vaccine Authoritarians Try To Censor Billboard That Dares Ask, “Do You Know What’s In A Vaccine?” &
Australia Will Now Fine Parents Twice A Month If They Don’t Vaccinate Their Kids


In 2017, the Health Ranger revealed that the chicken pox vaccine was made with human embryonic lung cell cultures and human diploid cell cultures, among other crazy things like guinea pig cells - information he pulled from the CDC’s own website.

Adams has also reported on the presence of African Green monkey kidney cells in vaccines intended for people - a find which a CDC report later confirmed as 100 percent correct.

Sadly, the list of scandalous ingredients in vaccines doesn’t end there; there are many parts to a vaccine cocktail, and none of them sound like anything you’d want injected into your body.

Learn more about the truth behind so-called conspiracy theories at Conspiracy.news.

Related: Nine Indisputable Truths About “Conspiracy Theorists”


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Google = Fascist Censorship: Employees Seek To Weaponize IT Services To Aid Left-Wing Agenda - Professor
January 23 2019 | From: Sputnik / Various

Newly leaked Google correspondence has yet again showed partisan bias among the company's employees.



Speaking to Sputnik, cyber security analysts shared their views on the accusations against the IT giant and the alleged attempts by Google workers to "weaponize" the company's products to target a right-wing agenda.

Related: Analysis: Google is the enemy of humanity and must be destroyed, or human freedom dies forever


"The newly released leaked emails, which demonstrate Google employees plotting to ban Breitbart from Google AdSense, show again the God-like power companies like Google have in modern life",
said Kevin Curran, professor of cyber security at the Faculty of Computing, Engineering and Built Environment at Ulster University.

Breitbart reported on 10 December that judging from leaked Google communication, the company's employees had sought to block the media outlet from Google AdSense less than one month after President Donald Trump assumed his position.

Citing emails "leaked exclusively to Breitbart News," the media outlet highlighted that "a group of Google employees, with encouragement from the tech giant's director of monetization" had planned "to strike at Breitbart News' revenue" under the unfounded pretext of alleged "hate speech" and "fake news."

It is known that Google, one of the leaders of digital ads, accounted for 42.2 per cent of the market in 2017 and 37.2 per cent in 2018.


"Here we have a company with employees who'd seen to remove the ads from a company, which relies on the dominant search engine of the Internet",
Curran told Sputnik.

"Removal from the search ad market on Google would severely damage their business. It seems that Google employees were seeking to weaponize Google search for left-wing political purposes."



Related: Here’s What The Big Tech Companies Know About You & Sundar Pichai Lies To Congress About Google Tracking Location Of Users

The professor explained that while firms specializing in Internet-related services and products do need to monitor online services for "fake news, bullying, hate speech and terrorist activities," "there is however lack of intelligence in the best artificial intelligent filtering algorithms, so most of the IT giants employ human moderators".

"Here however is a perfect example of humans seeking to punish sites which conflict with their politics," the academic pointed out. "There is no simple solution to this however what is crucial is that we have transparency with the decisions that the 'captains of the Internet' make".

He noted that he:


"Personally understood how rogue individuals in any company can seek to impose their world views on company policy."

"However, what is unforgivable is a company culture that turns a blind eye, and the only way to police this is through transparency," the academic added.




Related: Google, Facebook And Amazon Are Just Extensions Of The Surveillance State; Dangerous Mafia Heads Of A
Fascist Corporate Regime + Internal Facebook Documents Reveal Zuckerberg Discussed Selling User Data To Developers, Advertisers

Lars Hilse, a digital strategy consultant from Germany, holds a different view.


"That is more of a philosophical discussion",
he said.

"Breitbart is / was a paying customer. And since these are advertisements, I can decide as a company whether or not I want to have such advertisers show up.

Therefore I don't understand the fuss. Totally different story if they'd prevented Breitbart from showing up in their organic search results".

According to Hilse, "If I as a company decide that I don't want the advertisements of a company in my publication, then that is my business, not bias".

"Again… different story if they had manipulated the search results, which the article delivers no evidence of," he insisted.

It is not the first time that conservative media have accused Google of a left-leaning bias.

According to The Daily Caller, the leaked emails have actually become the third case, indicating Google employees' incentives to "weaponize the company's products for left-wing political purposes".

In late November. Peter Hasson of The Daily Caller reported that the Google communications obtained by the media outlet showed that a group of the company's workers discussed ways to prevent Donald Trump from winning again after Hillary Clinton's resounding loss in 2016.



Related: NewsGuard: Establishment Gatekeepers Try To Kill The Great Awakening

Specifically, the group considered "burying" The Daily Caller and Breitbart, the leading conservative media outlets, in the company's search function.

Before that, in September 2018, Hasson wrote that after Donald Trump issued Executive Order 13769, titled Protecting the Nation from Foreign Terrorist Entry into the United States, commonly known as the "travel ban," Google workers allegedly mulled over ways "to manipulate search results in order to push back against the president's order."

The reporter quoted the Google employees' emails obtained by Daily Caller co-founder Tucker Carlson.

The latest exposure took place just a day before Google CEO Sundar Pichai delivered his testimony before the House Judiciary Committee. Speaking to American lawmakers, Pichai insisted that he runs Google "without political bias."


Related Articles:

Firms Like Google are a 'Threat to Democracy & Freedom Of Speech' – Researcher

House Democrats Fail to Press Google CEO, Get ‘Evasive’ Answers on Privacy, Bias

Full Extent’ of Russian Meddling on Google in 2016? $4,700 Spent on Ads

The Web’s Most Banned Content Is Located Here – Bill Introduced To Strip Big Tech Of Immunity

#GoogleGestapo – How Can I Remove Google From My Life?

Disturbing Deep State Tech Takeover Rapidly Approaching

Arrest Google CEO Sundar Pichai for lying under oath to Congress: Yes, Google manually alters search results

Social Media Censorship & Anti-Censorship - Twister vs. #GoogleGestapo


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

2018 Was The Year That Climate Change Scare Stories All Fell Apart: See The List Of Debunked Climate Hoaxes
+ The “Global Warming” Hoax: 30 Years Of Failed Predictions That Never Happened
January 22 2019 | From: NaturalNews / NaturalNews / Various

Climate change fanatics are constantly railing on about how “climate deniers” refuse to acknowledge some ever-elusive consortium of sound climate science.



But if the many climate narrative debacles that occurred in 2018 are any indication, it’s actually the global warming hysterics who’ve buried their heads in pseudoscientific denialism concerning the state of our planet.

Related: Green Gestapo Says You're Mentally Ill If You Challenge Climate Change + Over 30,000 Scientists Say 'Catastrophic Man-Made Global Warming' Is A Complete Hoax And Science Lie


No, Earth Won’t Experience A Four or Five Degree Celsius Temperature Increase by the Year 2100

Back in January, a paper published in the journal Nature exposed United Nations (UN) climate change predictions about massive increases in global temperature as absolute bunk.

A revised set of calculations found that the UN’s worst-case scenario temperature increases of four or five degrees Celsius will not be happening any time soon.



Related: When Plutocrats Own The Weather & Nobody Is Buying The “Climate Change” Hoax Anymore


Pacific Nation That Climate Fanatics Claim is “Sinking” is Actually Growing

Contrary to what you might have heard, the island nation of Tuvalu out in the Pacific Ocean isn’t shrinking in size due to global warming.

In fact, it was revealed back in February that Tuvalu is actually growing in size – this, despite the fact that sea levels around the island have been rising at twice the global average.


No, Hurricanes Aren’t Getting Stronger Because of “Gobal Warming”

Back in March, BBC News tried to claim that the recent uptick in strong hurricanes is the result of a “warmer world.” As usual, this claim turned out to be false, and the fake news outlet eventually retracted these ridiculous claims.



Related: Hollywood Sci-Fi Filmmakers Tapped To Dramatize Fictional Climate Change To Scare Everybody Into Voting
For Climate Totalitarians



Don’t Worry: Coral Reefs are Just Fine

Climate lunatics love to talk about coral reefs and how they’re allegedly depleting as a result of global warming.

But it was discovered back in April that coral are actually developing new heat-tolerant genes that, would you believe it, are helping to extend their lifespans another 100-250 years, even if the planet does heat up a bit more.


Beaches are Growing, Not Shrinking

Remember when climate phony Al Gore tried to claim that rising tides in Miami were being caused by global warming?

As it turns out, the world’s beaches are actually getting larger rather than smaller, even as fossil fuel emissions have steadily increased by about 64 percent since 1984.



Related: The UN Admits That The Paris Climate Deal Was A Fraud + UNESCO Booted Out Of The United States


Antarctica is Not Losing Ice

Research published by NASA glaciologist Jay Zwally back in June found that, contrary to what many climate fanatics claim, Antarctic ice is increasing in size, not shrinking.


Polar Bears Aren’t Starving Due to Global Warming

Just one month later, National Geographic was forced to admit that a viral photo of a starving polar bear had nothing to do with climate change – a fact that was reluctantly admitted by the person who took the photo.



Related: NASA Confirms: Sea Levels Have Been Falling Across The Planet For Two Years - Media Silent & Dr. Tim Ball
Crushes Climate Change: The Biggest Deception in HistoryNASA Confirms: Sea Levels Have Been Falling Across The Planet For Two Years - Media Silent & Dr. Tim Ball Crushes Climate Change: The Biggest Deception in History



France is Experiencing Fewer Climate-Related Disasters

Despite being ground zero for the Paris Climate Accord, the European nation of France is actually experiencing fewer climate-related disasters, despite increases in CO2 (carbon dioxide) output.


Coral Bleaching is Completely Natural

Some climate lunatics have tried to claim that coral bleaching, particularly on the Great Barrier Reef, is being caused by global warming. Wrong. It’s actually been happening naturally for hundreds of years.



Related: Rising CO2 levels are re-GREENING the Earth with huge gains in forest coverage across the Earth’s surface


Europe Isn’t Threatened by Climate Change

In October, it was revealed that “settled” climate predictions for the United Kingdom and Europe may not be so settled after all. As usual, apocalyptic predictions were way overblown, and everything appears to be business as usual.


No, Hurricanes are Not Increasing in Frequency

Getting back to those pesky hurricanes, it turns out that both the number and intensity of such events has remained largely constant for at least the past 117 years, completely debunking climate fear-mongering that claims hurricanes are on the rise.



Related: Climate Engineering Is A Gateway To Global Government


Sea Levels Aren’t Rising as Claimed

In December, U.S. climate scientist Judith Curry published an in-depth report looking at peer-reviewed climate studies, revealing that catastrophic sea level rises are highly unlikely, despite what climate fanatics often claim.

For more climate-related news, be sure to check out ClimateScienceNews.com and ClimateDepot.com.


Related Articles:

As “climate change” fear mongering falls apart, 2018 goes down as the first year in history with no violent tornadoes

Environmentalists are at WAR with life on Earth… total collapse of ecosystem the real goal of “climate” propagandists

After banning Alex Jones, tech giants now pushed to ban all “climate deniers,” targeting those who recognize the junk science of global warming

GWPF Newsletter: Denying Nature

Latest U.N. “climate change” fearmongering scheme claims earth will reach “tipping point” by 2030

New Study Reveals Alpine Glaciers Started Melting Much Earlier Than Thought

Nobel Laureate in Physics; "Global Warming is Pseudoscience"

Global Warming – the new political platform



The “Global Warming” Hoax: 30 Years Of Failed Predictions That Never Happened

Once upon a time in the late 1980s, the Left devised a behavioral modification scheme aimed at one thing: Future control of as much of the population as possible.



The problem was convincing enough Americans to willingly go along with the plan - a scheme most would never voluntarily agree to because it would involve radical deindustrialization and modification of their lifestyles. 

Related: Amazing Science Lesson: Environmentalists Declare War On Photosynthesis In Stupefying Effort To
Exterminate All Recognizable Life On Planet Earth

They settled on human-caused “global warming” - the determination that modern existence was causing the planet to heat up so much all life would soon be exterminated…if we didn’t stop being so modern.

The crackpot theory was first introduced by NASA ‘scientist’ Dr. James Hansen in testimony before the U.S. Senate in 1988: “Global warming has begun.

As reported June 24 of that year by The New York Times


"The earth has been warmer in the first five months of this year than in any comparable period since measurements began 130 years ago, and the higher temperatures can now be attributed to a long-expected global warming trend linked to pollution, a space agency scientist reported today."

At the time, Hansen - said to be a “leading expert on climate change” - told a Senate committee that he was “99 percent certain” that the warming trend of the day wasn’t due to natural Earth variations but instead was being “caused by a buildup of carbon dioxide and other artificial gases in the atmosphere,” the Times reported.



Related: All The Biggest Lies About Climate Change And Global Warming Debunked In One Astonishing Interview

The Times intoned with this dire warning: “If Dr. Hansen and other scientists are correct, then humans, by burning of fossil fuels and other activities, have altered the global climate in a manner that will affect life on earth for centuries to come.”

Since then, of course, there has been no shortage of wild predictions of mass gloom, doom, and death, thanks to selfish humans (Americans mostly) who care more about their SUV than heating up the planet to the point of extinction.

And while the Left continues to tout this theory as legitimate, none of their predictions have come true. In fact, Hansen’s own charts and computer models from 1988 and earlier have been shown to be ridiculously flawed.

Related: Global warming / Climate change is dead, so when can conservatives say: “We told you so?”


30 Years of Lies… And Counting

Here are some of the most bizarre, insane, and just plain wrong predictions of disaster:

One of our day’s biggest climate hoaxers, former Vice President Al Gore, predicted in 2006 as he was hyping in his BS (but nevertheless Oscar-winning) documentary, “An Inconvenient Truth,” that unless we took “drastic measures” to reduce “greenhouse gases,” then the world would reach a “point of no return” within a decade.

That prediction is now 12 years old. Mind you, Gore has never been a climate scientist or even a scientist at all; he’s just a political huckster like any other Democrat who claims to have intimate knowledge about the Earth



Related: The Ultimate Scam: How Al Gore Became The World’s First Carbon Billionaire” By Profiting Off Irrational
Climate Fears

In March 2000, a writer for the UK’s Independent wrote that “snowfalls are now just a thing of the past,” as Britain was undergoing “striking environmental change” (thanks to selfish humans).

But then a strange thing happened; England kept seeing snowfall. In fact, in March of this year rural UK received so much snow, one longtime resident of rural England remarked: “I’ve never seen anything like this.”

In 2007, Australia’s The Age pondered, “Can climate change get worse? It has,” onto its way to predict “more catastrophic damages from climate change than in the worst-case scenario forecast by international experts.”

That, ostensibly, included losing most of the Australian continent to flooding as melting ice dramatically increased the sea level.



Related: New Climate Study Throws Wrench In Global Warming Debate: "Our New Technical Paper... Will Likely Be Ignored"

There are many more, and Tony Heller of RealClimateScience.com put together a video of 30 years’ worth of bogus global warming/climate change predictions that never came true (and never will). 


Watch:




Read more climate alarmism at ClimateAlarmism.news.  


Related Articles:

Carbon Dioxide is a “Short Lived“ Gas

Richard A. Epstein: Our Latest Global Warming Scare

Ten years ago, Al Gore warned the North Polar Ice cap would be gone by the year 2013… hint: It’s still there

Sorry Global Warming Alarmists, The Earth Is Cooling

The following 12 examples of climate change failure illustrate once again that the theory of man-made climate change is a total hoax steeped in agenda-driven fraud and Leftist wishful thinking


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Proven: Monsanto Knew The Dangers Of Its Chemicals But Kept Selling Them Anyway & Gene Editing Drives Into Dangerous Unknown Territory
January 21 2019 | From: NaturalNews / Scoop / Various

It’s taken almost 50 years to come to fruition, but there’s now solid proof to show that the world’s most evil corporation,
Monsanto, deliberately sold deadly chemicals on the consumer market that it knew all along were harmful to humans.



As part of the epic Poison Papers archive, which we’ve covered previously, thousands of pages of internal documents highlight how Monsanto was fully aware that a family of chemicals known as PCBs or polychlorinated biphenyls, were not only detrimental to human health, but also environmentally persistent – meaning they don’t biodegrade that easily.

Related: Monsanto Loses Lawsuit And $289 Million & Bayer Needs More Than An Aspirin To Cure Its Monsanto-Sized
Headache


Monsanto has apparently known since the 1950s that PCBs weren’t exactly safe, and yet the Missouri-based corporation continued to sell these products regardless.

And thanks to the tireless work of investigative journalist Peter von Stackelberg and Oregon-based amateur investigator Carol Van Strum, it’s now all on the record.


“As I got deeper and deeper into it, I couldn’t continue to ignore the fact that there was something seriously wrong with the industry and the regulatory system,” von Stackelberg, who first started reporting on the dirty deeds of the chemical industry several decades ago, told Inlander about what he uncovered.


Spokane, Washington, Sues Monsanto Following PCB Revelation

One of von Stackelberg’s discoveries pertained to PCB chemicals manufactured by Monsanto that he revealed were carelessly dumped into Washington’s Spokane River by the chemical giant.

The resultant PCB contamination of this body of water has been problematic for quite some time as a result of this – which, thanks to these new revelations, is finally allowing the city to seek justice.



Related: Incriminating Documents Reveal Monsanto Knew They Were Poisoning The Environment With Their PCBs

According to reports, the City of Spokane is filing a lawsuit against Monsanto that it hopes will lead to a retrieval of funds necessary to remediate the contamination.

Von Stackelberg also put on a special event to talk about it entitled, “Monsanto, PCBs and the Spokane River,” which took place at Gonzaga University back in September.


Many Chemical Companies Have Been Lying About the safety of Their Products, von Stackeberg Says

The unfortunate reality is that this doesn’t stop with Monsanto.

Von Stackelberg’s laborious research throughout the 1980s led him on a rabbit trail of discoveries, including the fact that many different chemical companies at the time were pulling the same shenanigans as Monsanto when it came to lying about the safety and effectiveness of their products.

After hearing rumors that his local provincial government in Saskatchewan was mulling over a ban on more than 100 chemicals commonly used in agriculture, von Stackelberg got to work.

What he discovered was that many of these approved chemicals had been given the green light by a corrupt testing lab in the United States known as Industrial Bio-Test (IBT) Laboratories.



Related: Chemicals Are Making Us Sterile And Dumb


“The list of chemicals was actually jaw dropping in terms of the ones where there were serious questions about the safety studies,” von Stackelberg recalls.

Inspired by what he had uncovered, von Stackelberg then decided to take a closer look at various other chemicals used in food, drugs, and more – only to discover that these, too, had questionable safety backing based on potentially fraudulent science.

In the end, von Stackelberg’s work resulted in multiple criminal charges being filed against IBT. But unfortunately, this legal action didn’t change the practices of the industry for the better, as they’ve only continued on with their lies and deception up to this very day.


The whole thing sort of faded away and 40 years later, we’re still dealing with the pollution, the corruption, the fraud and so on,says von Stackelberg.

“I call IBT the original sin of the EPA regulatory system. It’s never been something I would say can be trusted.”

For more related news, be sure to check out MonsantoMafia.com.


Related Articles:

Bayer Slashes 12000 Jobs as Monsanto Takeover Turns Sour

Glyphosate warnings go mainstream as the dangerous truth about this toxic herbicide can no longer be denied

Glyphosate

First-ever comprehensive project finds that 93% of Americans have glyphosate in their bodies

The List of Products and Foods that Have Tested Positive for Monsanto’s Carcinogenic Glyphosate

Study: Dangerous Pesticide Found In 75 Percent Of Global Honey



Gene Editing Drives Into Dangerous Unknown Territory

The Royal Society Te Apārangi is inviting feedback on scenarios for the use of gene editing in the primary industry sector.



Are they leading New Zealand agriculture and horticulture into dangerous unknown territory when they promote genetically engineered Gene Drives without regulation?

Related: Dangerous gene-edited “Crispr” crops classified as GMO by EU – has all the U.S. biotech shills squirming like worms coated in pesticide


“This thin veil of consultation is hyped with cultish obsession on gene drives that permits no dissention” said Claire Bleakley, President of GE Free NZ.

New Zealand has developed in the laboratory plants and animals which have reached a point where to get a return on the investments and patents commercialization of the GMO’s is the next step.

However, it appears that the Crown Research Institutes and private investors are not willing to undertake safety studies to show that their GMO’s are safe so they are launching a massive advertorial media drive trying to undermine the regulatory process.


“This pretense is to force feed the public with glossy pictures and possibilities of new products using a MarkII genetic engineering technology, that does not have the dangers and failures of transgenic genetic engineering,” said Ms. Bleakley



Related: Transgenic Wars - How GMOs Impact Livestock And Human Health Around The Globe

Gene drives are synthetically made enzymes made using laboratory procedures. They act like scissors, cutting out, altering, pasting, silencing and rewriting the cells information.

These changes, when made in pest species, can persist in nature until the organism is driven to extinction. There are unknown and unconsidered dangers on the impacts if the GE constructs spread to non-target populations.

Evidence in the last few years show that changes to organisms using genetic engineered gene drives are not precise or easy to develop and have many unknown risks to the cells and the developing organism.

These change are permanent, and inherited. When eaten the constructs can be absorbed by the gut resulting in abnormalities in blood and organs as well as causing auto immune reactions.


“The hype around the ease and precision of gene drives for gene editing of plants contradicts the complex changes that occur and pose unknown risks to people, the environment and ecosystems” said Claire Bleakley, “Once released they are released permanently in the environment and cannot be recalled.”

The EU has declared them GMO’s so has New Zealand law, requiring them to be regulated. We call on the Government to not fall for the hype and ensure the GE drives are kept regulated.

It is imperative that all advanced technologies derived through in-vitro techniques are fully regulated under the HSNO Act and have full governmental oversight.

Related: Hidden Health Dangers: A Former Agbiotech Insider Wants His GMO Crops Pulled


“Indeed, anyone who is pro-science should understand that science is meant to study nature, not to modify it - and certainly not to predict, in the face of strong evidence, the absence of unintended effects.


The real anti-science movement is not on the streets. It is, as I discovered, in the laboratories of corporate America.”

- Dr Caius Rommens - Former team leader at Monsanto




Glyphosate Warnings Go Mainstream as the Dangerous Truth About This Toxic Herbicide Can No Longer be Denied



Related Articles:

France Bans Monsantos Roundup 360 Weedkiller After Court Ruling

The science is pouring in: You’re probably eating Roundup herbicide in “excessive” levels

The World is Manipulated: GMO is Genetic Genocide - War is Big Profits

Scathing Report Accuses the Pentagon of Developing an Agricultural Bioweapon

Hidden Health Dangers: A Former Agbiotech Insider Wants His GMO Crops Pulled


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Six Issues That Are Agenda 21 & Agenda 21 In One Easy Lesson
January 20 2019 | From: AmericanPolicyCenter / Various

Every day, in meetings at all levels of government, representatives of Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs), planning groups, surround elected representatives and insist that their policies have nothing to do with international agendas.



They regularly publish reports and rail against anyone even mentioning the names Agenda 21 or the new Agenda 2030. “No, no, no,” they insist. “Those people are just crazy conspiracy theorists. Ours is just a local plan for our community.”

Related: Leaked plans for Auckland suburbs: will apartments be built in your backyard?

Elected Representatives are often confused. Issues and policies suddenly appear in front of them with sample, ready-made legislation. And then the unending pressure begins for them to pass it.

There is confusion, uncertainty and there is the herd mentality to pass legislation. And it’s passed without knowledge of its origins, its purpose, and especially a lack of understanding of its consequences. “Just do it,” goes the mantra.

What most of these legislators fail to understand is the direct relationship much of this legislation has with a much larger agenda. Most legislation interconnects with other pieces and parts contained in other legislation.

Like the children’s song goes…”the toe bone’s connected to the ankle bone…”  And it’s done so well, wrapped in innocent-sounding, positive wrapping, so that most elected representatives will argue vigorously that they passed no such thing. 

And most of all, they will answer, Agenda 21, never heard of it. Just local. Just local. Just local.



Related: Agenda 21: Awareness And Activism + UN 2030 Agenda Decoded: Blueprint For The Global Enslavement Of
Humanity Under Corporate Masters

Well, let me show you how it works and how the toe bone gets connected to the ankle bone ending up with the Frankenstein monster.

Here are six issues that are rarely connected to Agenda 21 and Sustainable Development (especially when we are assured that Agenda 21 has nothing to do with local, state or federal government policy).

However, these seemingly unrelated policies, once implemented, help enforce the stated Agenda 21 goal of “reorganizing human society.”


Issue 1: Global Warming / Climate Change

 It has been so discredited in the true scientific community that proponents have become almost hysterical in their continued attempts to enforce Climate Change policy.

Most recently the Justice Department is considering legal action against “deniers.”  Why don’t they stop, even to question if their science is sound?



Related: Green Gestapo Says You're Mentally Ill If You Challenge Climate Change + Over 30,000 Scientists Say
'Catastrophic Man-Made Global Warming' Is A Complete Hoax And Science Lie


They instead use great energy to attack any scientist who does dare ask questions or finds data contrary to the “official” line.

Why is it so vitally important that they continue to promote something that clearly is, to say the least, questionable?

It’s because all of Agenda 21 policy is built on the premise that man is destroying the Earth. Climate Change is their “proof.” To eliminate that premise is to remove all credibility and purpose for their entire agenda

They are willing to go to any length, even lies, to keep the climate change foot on our throats.

On the local level this translates into planning policy that controls energy use and the efforts to cut down on the use of cars, enforcement of the building of expensive light rail train systems and bike paths and installation of smart meters, etc.

But don’t take my word for it. I’ll let them speak for themselves:


“No matter if the science of global warming is all phony… climate change provides the greatest opportunity to bring about justice and equality in the world.”

- Christine Stewart (Former Canadian Minister of the Environment)


“We’ve got to ride this global warming issue. Even if the theory of global warming is wrong, we will be doing the right thing in terms of economic and environmental policy.” Timothy Wirth (President, UN Foundation)

“It doesn’t matter what is true. It only matters what people believe is true.”

- Paul Watson (Co-Founder of Green Peace.)



Related: Why Your City Is Going to S***


Issue 2: Fear of Over Population

This is the central driving force behind nearly every Sustainable policy initiative. It’s the real force behind Stack and Pack Smart Growth cities.

The fact is, in developed nations populations are actually going down. The only real growth in the US population in recent years has been from immigration, legal or otherwise.

Open border immigration policy is actually implementation of Agenda 21 as part of the drive to destroy national sovereignty and “nation states.”

Environmentalists insist that the borders must be open to allow as many to immigrate here as possible.

They argue that the U.S. has a greater ability to control them and protect the environment than if we left them in third world countries. That’s because the Greens already have a stranglehold over our nation’s industry through massive environmental regulations.

In the face of their fear of overpopulation, however, studies have shown that there is no world wide over population crisis. In fact one study insists that we could put the entire population of the world in an area the size of Texas with a population density of Paris, France. 



Related: The Paris Climate Conference, What’s The Real Agenda? + Undercover Police Crack Down On Freedom Of
Speech In Paris


Over population, and its accompanying environmental degradation, is a problem primarily in countries where the poor are deprived by government to improve their conditions. Nations that refuse to legalize private property ownership for the masses, for example, are a primary reason for growing poverty.

Meanwhile, Sustainablists work to keep these nations from developing or increasing energy use, thereby keeping them poor. Green regulations stop the building of infrastructure.

They panic at the idea of increased energy use in developing nations. Instead of working to solve the real problems – the root of poverty- they exploit the excuse of over population and advocate enforcing polices to drastically reduce populations. China’s brutal one child policy of forced abortions and sterilization has become their model.

Do you think I’m joking? Then consider these quotes from the Sustainablists:


“Childbearing should be a punishable crime against society, unless the parents hold a government license. All potential parents should be required to use contraceptive chemicals, the government issuing antidotes to citizens chosen for childbearing.”

- David Brower (Sierra Club)


“A reasonable estimate for an industrialized world society at the present North American material standard of living would be 1 billion. At a more frugal European standard of living, 2 to 3 billion would be possible.”

- United Nations Global Biodiversity Assessment


Issue 3: The Destruction of the Free Market System


We have heard statement after statement from the UN; from members of Congress; the news media; and from Hollywood, all deriding the free market system as evil, corrupt and a tool of the rich to hold down the poor.

So now, after deciding that the poor are expendable for the sake of stopping overpopulation, suddenly the planners are worried about them – if it leads to their ability to raid our bank accounts.



Related: Do Financial Markets Still Exist?

So are they really worried about protecting the environment – or are they actually  honoring the tactics of Jesse James?

Redistribution of wealth is behind every policy that comes out of the UN, and now the Obama Administration as well. The EPA is the attack dog to shut down entire industries like coal.

It has become very difficult to operate a manufacturing business in the US, and nearly impossible to start a new one. Environmental protection is always the excuse, even when Obama’s own State Department said the Keystone Pipeline was not an environmental threat.

A couple of years ago, radical greens, wielding torches, demonstrated outside the home of the head of the Keystone pipeline company. Visions of the terror of the Dark Agenda?

At the UN’s Rio + 20 Summit held in 2012, the idea of “Zero Economic Growth” was advocated – just to keep things fair. It was stated that even the building of new roads upsets the status quo and disrupts a well ordered society.

Such idiotic ideas are the driving force behind Sustainable Development. Again, images of the Dark Ages come to mind.



Related: Agenda 21: What Sustainable Development Really Means For You

Yet, consider “local” planning programs that cut off access roads, and again, discourage cars. What about the EPA’s war on industry. Pretty hard to have economic growth without industry.

The timber industry is killed and communities die. Dams are torn down and farmers disappear. Zero Economic Growth in the making. Just local?

Again, not my words, let them tell you themselves:


“We must make this an insecure and inhospitable place for capitalists and their projects. We must reclaim the roads and plowed lands, halt dam construction, tear down existing dams, free shackled rivers and return to wilderness millions of acres of presently settled land.”

- Dave Foreman, (Earth First)


“Global sustainability requires the deliberate quest of poverty, reduced resource consumption and set levels of mortality control” Professor Maurice King (Population Control Advocate)

“We believe planning should be a tool for allocating resources…and eliminating the great inequalities of wealth and power in our society… because the free market has proven itself incapable of doing this.”

- Plannersnetwork.org Statement of Principles. the American Planning Association is a member and supporter of these principles


Issue 4: Cheap Energy is the Enemy of the Earth

To the average person the drive to stop any ability to obtain cheap energy makes no sense. People are hurting economically. Jobs are lost. Energy costs are skyrocketing.

Any attempt to drill oil, fracking of shale gas, and mining coal are all vigorously blocked by government and green policy. Yet the government spends billions of dollars on “alternative energy” such as wind and solar, which provides less than 3% of our energy needs.



Related: Amazing Science Lesson: Environmentalists Declare War On Photosynthesis In Stupefying Effort To
Exterminate All Recognizable Life On Planet Earth


Why? What is the motivation to put such shackles on the US economic engine? 

The excuse is that energy use drives up CO2 emissions and accelerates global warming – the excuse necessary to “harmonize” the US into the socialist, Sustainable global noose.

Many current state and local policies now are moving to increase taxes at the gas pump to keep energy costs high. In addition, Obama issued an Executive Order to ban any off shore drilling of oil.

So, just as the consumer started to get a break at the pump, higher taxes and Obama’s action forcd prices back up. As the prices rise the “planners” will insist that the only solution is to enforce the building of expensive public transportation.

But, according to some anti-energy advocates, the fear of cheap energy goes beyond environmental protection – energy availability helps build wealth for individuals and removes them from the rolls of the dependent – the opposite goal of sustainable policy.


“Giving society cheap, abundant energy is the worst thing that could ever happen to the planet.”


- Prof. Paul Ehrlich Professor of Population Studies, Stanford University)


“Complex technology of any sort is an assault on human dignity. It would be little short of disastrous for us to discover a source of clean, cheap, abundant energy, because of what we might do with it.”

- Amory Lovins (Rocky Mountain Institute)

“The prospect of cheap fusion energy is the worst thing that could happen to the planet.”

- Jeremy Rifkin (Greenhouse Crisis Foundation)


Issue 5: Common Core

Many people see the reorganization of the public school issue as separate from Agenda 21. It’s not. Those who are promoting what they call the Agenda for the 21st Century understand that it is going to be a long drawn out process.

To “reform” a nation created on the ideals of limited government, free enterprise and individual liberty into one that unquestioningly accepts government top down control will take time and a determined effort.



Related: UN Adopts Global Common Core Education To Ensure Their Vision Of Global Totalitarianism

There’s no room in a Sustainablist society for those who believe that we were born with our rights and that government’s job is to protect those rights. The sustainable system says government will grant us our rights.

To enforce such a radical turn around of our society requires that the children be indoctrinated to accept it.

The effort started in earnest in the 1990's under the Clinton Administration through the massive growth of the Department of Education in such programs as Goals 2000, School To Work and Workforce Development Boards.

The original Western education system effectively provided an overall academic education from which students could choose their own futures. No longer.

Today, the new curriculum has morphed into what is called Common Core. It’s a State run central curriculum that revamps schools into little more than job training and indoctrination centers.

Because, you see, today’s public education system is also designed to strip the children of their attitudes, values and beliefs that parents may have instilled, and indoctrinate them into accepting global values – global citizenship and a global economy based on the sustainable agenda.

Little of civics and history are taught in today’s classroom. But text books contain whole chapters on the Five Pillars of Islam, while ignoring the 10 Commandments of Christianity. 



Related: Unschooling: Radical Education That Produces Free Human Beings Instead Of Slaves

The children are fed an unending diet of the evils of capitalism; the selfishness of individualism, and the social justice of redistribution of wealth.

It punishes students for possessing individuality and is designed to eliminate such natural human tendencies. That is the “common” in Common Core. Common values, common goals, common future. Don’t rock the boat of a well ordered society.

Common Core is the nationally dictated curriculum necessary for the acceptance and implementation of Agenda 21.  

Of course, we still elect local school boards pretending they have some say over the curriculum. It makes us all feel safer for our children.

How, then do we explain the surge of Bernie Sanders and the Tsunami of Socialism?

Well, today nearly every adult up to the age of 40 has gone thought this indoctrination, trained to accept a future chosen for them by someone else.

The education system was fully outlined in a very detailed letter to Hillary Clinton from Marc Tucker of the National Center on Education and the Economy in November, 1992, immediately after Bill. Clinton was elected President.


Said Tucker: “First, a vision of the kind of national – not federal – human resources development system the nation could have. This is interwoven with a new approach to governing that should inform that vision.

What is essential is that we create a seamless web of opportunities to develop one’s skills that literally extends from cradle to grave and is the same system for everyone…” coordinated by “a system of labor market boards at the local, state, and federal levels” where curriculum and “job matching” will be handled by counselors “accessing the integrated computer-based program.”



Related: Schools: The New "Animal Farm"


Issue 6: Healthcare

How is healthcare connected to Agenda 21? Simply Google “Sustainable Medicine” and you will find more than 5,850,000 English language references to the subject. Read through the ideas expressed there and you will find nearly every provision of Obamacare.

An expert on Sustainable Medicine, the late Dr. Madeleine Cosman, put it this way: “Sustainable Medicine + Sustainable Development = Duty to Die.”

Sustainable medicine makes decisions through visioning councils that determine what shall be done or not done to each body in its group in its native habitat.

Sustainable medicine experts do not refer to citizens in sovereign nations, but to “humans” in their “settlements.”

Sustainable medicine is the pivot around which all other Sustainable Development revolves. Principle #1 of the Rio Declaration that introduced Agenda 21 is that all humans must live in harmony with nature.

The translation means rationing healthcare, low technology for health care treatment and emphasis on medical care not cure. And that, of course, will lead to population reduction, as called for in Agenda 21.



Related: Eleven Common Symptoms Of The Global Depopulation Slow Kill

These are the issues that are not usually discussed or connected to Agenda 21.

Yet they are being implemented, step by step, by local planners in policies that are approved by befuddled elected representatives.

It’s all driven through pressure from private NGO groups and funded by federal grants. That’s how it’s done, constantly driven a little bit with each innocent sounding idea. Then, without warning, Frankenstein rises from behind the smokescreen, toe bones and anklebones fully operational.

People must understand and connect these dots to everyday issues so they can clearly see the root and long term goals of these policies that are affecting our personal lives.

Elected representatives at every level of government must come to understand that legislative actions have consequences far beyond their understanding.

Agenda 21 is the “common core” and it has already invaded every level of our society. Our battle cry must be to stop this monster or watch freedom perish.


Related Articles:

Are California Smart Meters Causing Fires?

CA Fires: Clear Evidence Santa Rosa Destroyed For Agenda 21/2030 Development

California Firestorms: Geoengineered Catastrophe

Nobody in California is Talking About This!

Must Watch: The California Wild Fires & Agenda 21



Agenda 21 In One Easy Lesson

1. Reduce world population to about 500 million.

2. Collect those 500 million into tightly managed and controlled (stacked-and-packed) 'cities'.

3. Make the majority of the world's land mass off-limits to all but the elite.



Awareness of Agenda 21 and Sustainable Development is racing across the nation as citizens in community after community are learning what their local council and city planners are actually up to.

Related: Agenda 21, in under 5 minutes

As awareness grows, many people complain that elected officials just won’t read detailed reports or watch long videos.

Here is something that is quick, and easy to read that we can hand out.

Do not allow this to be your only knowledgemof this very complex subject. Research, know your details; discover the NGO players inbyour community; identify who is victimized by the policies and recruit them to your fight; and then kill Agenda 21.

That’s how it must be done. The information below is only your first step. Happy hunting
.


What is Sustainable Development?

According to its authors, the objective of sustainable development is to integrate economic, social and environmental policies in order to achieve reduced consumption, social equity, and the preservation and restoration of biodiversity.

Sustainablists insist that every societal decision be based on environmental impact, focusing on three components; global land use, global education, and global population control and reduction.



Related: Agenda 2030 Translator: Decoding The UN’s New ‘Sustainable’ Development Goals


Social Equity (Social Injustice)

Social justice is described as the right and opportunity of all people “to benefit equally from the resources afforded us by society and the environment.”

Redistribution of wealth.

Private property is a social injustice since not everyone can build wealth from it. National sovereignty is a social injustice. Universal health care is a social injustice. All part of Agenda 21 policy.


Economic Prosperity

Public Private Partnerships (PPP). Special dealings between government and certain, chosen corporations which get tax breaks, grants and the government’s power to implement sustainable policy.

Government-sanctioned monopolies.

Local Sustainable Development policies include:

Smart Growth, Wildlands Project, Resilient Cities, Regional Visioning Projects, STAR Sustainable Communities, Green jobs, Green Building Codes, “Going Green,” Alternative Energy, Local Visioning, facilitators, regional planning, historic preservation, conservation easements, development rights, sustainable farming, comprehensive planning, growth management, consensus.



Related: More Confessions Of An Economic Hit Man: "This Time, They’re Coming For Your Democracy"


Who is Behind it?

Local Councils, Governments, Planning Councils, Planning Groups, aided by Mayors, Administrators and many private
organizations and other government agencies. Foundation and government $$$$ grants drive the process.

Remember, Governments and Local Councils are nothing more than private companies, a piece of paper with a tax number.

It is the salaried individuals who will fine and tax you, restrict what you can do on your own land, and if you don't conform, they will confiscate your property and even jail you. Why - their jobs and their salaries are more important than you.


Where Did it Originate?

The term Sustainable Development was first introduced to the world in the pages a 1987 report (Our Common Future) produced by the United Nations World Commission on Environmental and Development, authored by Gro Harlem Brundtland, VP of the World Socialist Party.



Related: Subversive mission of the United Nation’s strong arm, ICLEI

The term was first offered as official UN policy in 1992, in a document called UN Sustainable Development Agenda 21, issued at the UN’s Earth Summit, today referred to simply as Agenda 21.


What Gives Agenda 21 Ruling Authority?

More than 178 nations adopted Agenda 21 as official policy during a signing ceremony at the Earth Summit. US president George H.W. Bush signed the document for the US. In signing, each nation pledge to adopt the goals of Agenda 21.

In 1995, President Bill Clinton, in compliance with Agenda 21, signed Executive Order #12858 to create the President’s Council on Sustainable Development in order to “harmonize” environmental policy with UN directives as outlined in Agenda 21.

The EO directed all agencies of the Federal Governments to work with state and local community governments in a joint effort “reinvent” government using the guidelines outlined in Agenda 21.

As a result, Sustainable Development is now emerging as government policy in every town, county and state in the West.


Revealing Quotes From the Planners


“Agenda 21 proposes an array of actions which are intended to be implemented by EVERY person on Earth... it calls for specific changes in the activities of ALL people...

Effective execution of Agenda 21 will REQUIRE a profound reorientation of ALL humans, unlike anything the world has ever experienced... ”


-
Agenda 21: The Earth Summit Strategy to Save Our Planet (Earthpress, 1993)


Agenda 21 and Private Property


“Land... cannot be treated as an ordinary asset, controlled by individuals and subject to the pressures and inefficiencies of the market.

Private land ownership is also a principal instrument of accumulation andconcentration of wealth, therefore contributes to social injustice.”

-
From the report from the 1976 UN’s Habitat I Conference.


“Private land use decisions are often driven by strong economic incentives that result in several ecological and aesthetic consequences...The key to overcoming it is through public policy...”


- Report from the President’s Council on Sustainable Development, page 112.

“Current lifestyles and consumption patterns of the affluent middle class – involving high meat intake, use of fossil fuels, appliances, home and work air conditioning, and suburban housing are not sustainable.”

- Maurice Strong, Secretary General of the UN’s Earth Summit, 1992. “Individual rights will have to take a back seat to the collective.”


Harvey Ruvin, Vice Chairman, ICLEI. The Wildlands Project: “We must make this place an insecure and inhospitable place for Capitalists and their projects – we must reclaim the roads and plowed lands, halt dam construction, tear down existing dams, free shackled rivers and return to wilderness millions of tens of millions of acres or presently settled land.”

- Dave Foreman, Earth First


What is Not Sustainable?


“Ski runs, grazing of livestock, plowing of soil, building fences, industry, single family homes, paves and tarred roads, logging activities, dams and reservoirs, power line construction, and economic systems that fail to set proper value on the environment.”

- UN’s Biodiversity Assessment Report



Related: Fourteen Ways To Protect Yourself From The New World Order (NWO) Agenda


Hide Agenda 21’s UN Roots From the People

"Participating in a UN advocated planning process would very likely bring out many of the conspiracy- fixated groups and individuals in our society...

This segment of our society who fear ‘one-world government’ and a UN invasion of the United States through which our individual freedom would be stripped away would actively work to defeat any elected official who joined ‘the conspiracy’ by undertaking"
- LA21.


Related Articles:

Inevitable NIMBY backlash begins

Palmy Beyond Petrol

We Need To Be Prepared For This UN Agenda 30


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Five Pieces Of Essential Life Advice From Seniors
January 19 2019 | From: IdeasTed / Various

Enjoy these insights from older Americans on the key ingredients for a good life, and get inspired to do your own interview for this year’s Great Thanksgiving Listen.



It’s hard to feel a sweeping sense of perspective when you’re stuck in traffic, or feeling buried by work, or overwhelmed by family demands. But those are exactly the moments when some words of wisdom from your elders - the people who’ve been there, like the ones below - can come in handy.

Related: This Harvard Study Revealed the Number One Factor to Leading a Fulfilling Life

Each of these insights comes from a conversation conducted during the Great Thanksgiving Listen, an annual initiative from TED Prize winner Dave Isay and his team at StoryCorps that asks people to interview an older family member or friend during the US holiday weekend.

By participating, you could unlock new stories about your family or gain a different perspective on historical events, while ensuring your loved one’s story is preserved in the StoryCorps Archive at the Library of Congress’ American Folklife Center.

And you might just hear a piece of useful advice that will get you through a difficult moment.


Think of Hard Times Like Bad Weather - They Too Will Pass

Arden Fleming, 15, calls her grandmother Agneta Vulliet her “biggest role model.”

Vulliet, the daughter of French immigrants, grew up in New York City, and she says she first learned about independence when she went to boarding school.



Related: How To Become A Freethinker: A Practical Guide + 7 Lessons You Should Learn Early In Life

Vulliet left school before graduation to get married, and ended up getting her high school degree at night school - while raising two kids.

She studied art in college, where a professor was impressed with her determination and recommended her for a scholarship.

Toward the end of their interview, recorded in October 2017 in Wellfleet, Massachusetts, Fleming asked her grandmother for advice.

“What I want you to know and keep in mind is that your 20s are very turbulent and that it does get better,” Vulliet says.

“You want so much for yourself, you have such expectations, you have so many wishes to succeed, and there’s a lot of anxiety that goes with how all that will take shape.

I never want you to get carried away with how hard it seems.”
She adds, “Growing up is a lot like the weather.

Every time you hit the big storms that seem like they’re going to snow you under, it will change and get better - and the sun will come out.”



Related: Top 9 Life Lessons From 100 Year Olds


Draw Inspiration From All the People You Meet

Bill Janz traveled the world as a journalist, and wrote a column for the Milwaukee Journal Sentinel about ordinary people who’d shown remarkable courage.

In a 2015 interview with his 14-year-old grandson, Jasper Kashou in Freedonia, Wisconsin, the now-retired Janz shared memorable stories from his days as a reporter - of almost falling off an elephant into tall grass where a tiger was hiding while in India, and of crawling on his belly to avoid sniper fire in Croatia during the Bosnian War.

But when Kashou asked him about the person who’d impacted him the most, Janz spoke of someone closer to home. “A boy named Eddy helped me see a little bit about what life is all about,” says Janz.

Eddy was a 10-year-old he’d written about whose leg was amputated due to cancer. “No matter what happened to him, he never gave up,” he recalls.

“I called Eddy once at home, and the phone rang and rang and rang. Finally, he picked up the phone. I said, ‘Eddy. I was just about to hang up. Where were you?’

And he said, ‘Bill, I was in another room. My crutches weren’t near, so I crawled to the phone.’” Janz often finds himself thinking about that conversation.

“He was only a young man, but he was teaching an old man to never give up,” Janz said. “I sometimes tend to give up and go do something else, and [he helps me] remember not to do that.”


Love Your Work - For the Salary and For the People

Bennie Stewart, 80, got his first job at age 7 - he’d run errands for his neighbors and get paid in chicken eggs.

In a 2015 interview with grandaughter Vanyce Grant, 17, in Chicago, he talked through his many jobs. Stewart chopped cotton for $3 a day in 115 degree heat; bused dishes; cleaned buildings as a janitor; sold insurance; and eventually found his passion as a social worker and, later, as a pastor.

Grant asked his grandfather about what led him to these different occupations.

“I love talking to people,” Stewart says. “I’ve been told I have the gift of gab, so I can talk and I can grasp things real fast. I always took pride in being able to listen to instructions and pick them up quick.”

What lessons did he learn from his work experience? “It taught me that I can have something of my own and provide for my family and get some of the things in life that I couldn’t,” he says.



Related: Five Lessons Most People Learn Way Too Late In Life + Three Profound Insights That Will Open Your Mind
Wide

These themes echo those in an interview that Torri Noakes, 16, recorded with her grandmother Evelyn Trouser, 59, in 2016 in Flint, Michigan. Trouser worked in auto factories, first on the line and then as a welder.

“My advice to everybody in my family: learn to take care of yourself. Don’t depend on anyone to provide you with anything,” Trouser says.

She refuted any notion that her jobs were dreary. “I used to love going to work,” she said. “It’s the people you’re with that makes a job fun or not. As far as I’m concerned, it’s the people you’re with that make things different.”


Find Mentors Who Can Guide You and Challenge You

Allen Ebert, 73, reminisced about his working days in an interview with grandson Isaiah Ebert, 15, also recorded in 2016 in Flint. Ebert first worked as a welder in an auto factory when he was young and said the experience helped him once he entered medical school.

“If you understand how something works, when it breaks you know what to look for and how to fix it,” he said. “Even the body is mechanical.”

When Ebert spoke about his experiences as a doctor, he impressed one thing upon his grandson: look for mentors. “The stuff you’re doing right now in school, you’re learning from people who know something you don’t know. Continue that throughout your life,” he says.



Related: Start Doing These Nine Things For Yourself Every Day To Immediately Improve Your Life + Alan Watts On How To Make Yourself A Better Person

To find mentors, you should look beyond your bosses and teachers. “Just develop relationships with people whom you can observe, even from a distance, and see how they accomplish things,” Ebert says.

“The way I look at it: in life, we probably make 95 percent good decisions and about 5 percent messed-up decisions. A large part of our lives as adults is fixing the mess of those few wrong decisions, and you can minimize them by just having people in your life who will challenge you and make you think twice, who will say, ‘Well, that doesn’t sound right to me.’”


Make the Most of Less

According to StoryCorps, many people use the Great Thanksgiving Listen as a time to ask about family recipes.

Along with step-by-step instructions, they receive a slice of family history, as well as life advice.

Some of the stories highlight one of the secrets to a life well-lived: learning to make the most of what you have. Kiefer Inson, 28, talked to his grandmother Patricia Smith, 80, about her classic tuna noodle casserole made with canned tuna.

“When I was 18, I was married and had a child and did not have an outside job, so I’d go to the library, bring home cookbooks, and try the recipes,” Smith says.

“Back then, we were on a very limited budget. A pound of fish cost 69 cents, so I learned to cook a lot of things with that.” Jaxton Bloemhard, 16, interviewed his mother, Bethany Bloemhard, 38, about Ukranian pierogies. She told him how her own grandmother would make hundreds at a time.



Related: Thirty One Life Lessons I’ve Learned In 31 Years + Twenty Harsh Truths To Help You Get Your Shit
Together


“She’d tell stories about how they kept the Ukranian people alive,” says Bethany Bloemhard. “The Ukrainians grew potatoes like nobody’s business, and as long as you had flour, water and some oil, you could make the dough.”

Other stories point to the need to keep trying until you succeed. June Maggard, 87, spoke to her granddaughter Emily Sprouse, 33, about the recipe book that she’s kept for 30 years. “People say they can’t make bread or biscuits, or anything really, but you just have to learn the feel,” Maggard says. “That comes by doing.”

Learn more about participating in the Great Thanksgiving Listen.

For more on what we get when we listen to people’s stories, watch Dave Isay’s TED Prize talk:





Related Articles:

In Harmony with All Life: The Open Source Way + Lifting The Veil: Merging Science And Spirituality

How Accepting Death Makes Life Richer



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

MMS Does Not Cure Stupidity
January 18 2019 | From: JimHumble / MMSnews

You might say to yourself, “well, that is a different topic”. Yes, it is and let me explain to you why I feel I needed to write about this topic.



First of all, we at the Genesis II Church have the ability to “cure”, “heal” and “treat” 95+% of the world's diseases effectively and permanently! This is contrary to the “mainstream medical” procedures which only “treat” symptoms and are not in the business to cure anything!

Did you see what I just wrote? Did it sink in? If what I am saying is true then the people that trust the medical system to “cure” them of any disease are wasting their time! The whole system is set up to keep you as a client, i.e. “sick your entire life and dependent on their system”. To me, for a person to trust a system like that is pure STUPIDITY. MMS cannot cure stupidity!

The definition of “stupid” is lacking thought or intelligence.  Example: I just made another stupid mistake.

Another definition of “stupid” is silly or unwise; showing poor judgment or little intelligence: Example: She was really stupid to quit her job like that. (Source)

I am not calling anyone stupid but, the action of trusting a system that cannot, will not and does not want to cure anything, is plain stupid!

Now, you might say, well, that is a little harsh and people just don't know, so they are not stupid but “ignorant” of the truth. Well, that might be correct in principle but in reality, if a person is trusting his or her life to a system that is profiting by people being sick then that is not ignorance but stupidity to me.

Every day people see the population worldwide becoming sicker and sicker. How many of us have seen friends and relatives die slow painful deaths due to mainstream medical procedures? It is not ignorance when we all see it every day.

The problem is people are lazy and do not want to take control of their own health so, they transfer the control of their most precious gift and commodity they have -LIFE- to a “medical doctor”.

The words “medical doctor” are not synonymous with truth and science.



In our world people today  “revere”, “respect” and even “worship” anyone that is called a “medical doctor”. Although, I believe people that have worked hard to achieve a certain degree deserve the recognition for their hard work, I don't believe that they should be “blindly” followed or believed as having all truth when it comes to health.

I am NOT saying that a man or woman that is studying “medicine” are not smart individuals. No, just the contrary. They are some of the smartest people I have known on an intellectual level. The “truth” is they  “sincerely” believe what they have been taught is the truth, but they are “sincerely wrong”!

The sad story is a medical doctor has been trained in a profession that DOES NOT have, as its goal, to cure ANY disease but to control symptoms of disease. This is taught in every government approved medical school in the world. “Government approved” medical schools are nothing more than medical schools that are controlled by the same people that own the pharmaceutical companies!

Medical Mafia

Paid for fraudulent research science papers: WakingScience Look at the billions pharmaceutical companies are paying for negligence and fraud by drugs “approved” by FDA! • GSK sued for 3 billion!

Pharmacuetcial heads telling the truth

HPV Vaccine

Brain damage, death and other horrors

Circleofdocs.com

High cholesterol scam

High blood pressure

Create-diseases-for-profit

Pharmaceutical package inserts





You see all the above facts and you still trust the pharmaceutical / medical industry? How about the fact that the Rockefeller family has ownership of every drug company in the world

There is a controversial movie called, “Vaxxed” that exposes how the MMR vaccine is linked to autism. The information is good about the CDC hiding data but the message from the producer is just plain “stupid”!  

He states that parents should wait until the 3rd year before their child receives the MMR vaccine. A child should never receive this vaccine no matter what the age!  This idea of getting the vaccine in the 3rd year is STUPID!  MMS cannot cure this kind of stupidity!

Links between MMR vaccine and Autism.

Again, I am not calling anyone stupid, only the actions of people I am calling stupid. Can you see why I would say this? Ask yourself if you are acting stupid in regard to your health?  Every person on earth needs to “take control” of his or her health! Each person needs to do their “due diligence”, meaning research it out and see what is best for his or her personal health.

I guarantee that poisoning the body with medicines, toxic chemicals and unhealthy foods is not the way. This is the “allopathic” method taught and used in 95% of the world's medical systems! You have to look elsewhere to find how to restore and maintain health. Here is a guy, Donald, that just left our Colombia Health Restoration Center. He had done his due diligence and after 10 years finally found what helped him when all other methods he tried failed!

Donald's 30 day experience at the G2 Colombian Health Restoration Center.

Another way to do your own “due diligence” and “take control” of your own health is to take the Genesis II Church On line Video Course.

Here you can not only learn how to start using MMS and the G2 sacraments that “cure” 95% of the world's diseases but learn “how to make MMS” in your own home! We now have over 1750 “health ministers” worldwide in over 120 countries! Join us and help us change the world!

Send your family and friends this link to help them understand what the Genesis II Church of Health and Healing is doing worldwide with MMS and its Sacramental protocols: www.QuantumLeap.is



It has helped a lot of people decide to do their own “due diligence” in regard to restoring or maintaining their health!

We are changing the world by the 10's of 1,000's

Archbishop Mark S. Grenon

Have you or anyone you know had good results with MMS? Please share a testimony at our MMS Testimonials site: Write a testimony.


Where to find MMS Testimonials:

MMS Video Testimonials

Written MMS Testimonials

Written MMS Testimonials - G2CFORUM.ORG

MMS Video Testimonials on YouTube

MMS Video Testimonials on Twitter

MMS Video Testimonials on Facebook





Jim Humble Interviews:

Jim Humble Talks to Freedom Central About MMS

More Jim Humble Interviews, Audio, Video


Responses to MMS Critics:

Jim Humble Responds to Rita O'Reilly RTE Current Affairs TV in Dublin Ireland (04-02-2015)


Collection of responses to MMS Critics at the Genesis II Forum

Archbishop's Response to (ABC)'s Lisa Barley Undercover Reporter (03-08-2015)

England Attacks Religous Freedom


Guides - Tutorials - Howtos:

How to make MMS: Sodium Chlorite 22.4% (YouTube)

CD Autism recovery statistics:

The book: 'Healing The Symptoms Known as Autism'.

A total of 223 children have been recovered (ATEC score of 10 or below,) using the CD Autism parasite protocol published in Kerri Rivera´s new book Healing the Symptoms Known as Autism available here. CD stands for Chlorine Dioxide, which is an inexpensive, broad spectrum, gentle, anti-pathogenic.

Undeniable proof that the Red Cross cured 154 Malaria cases with MMS, in their water purification study in Uganda, 2012: This video was leaked and released 1st of July 2013 and makes it impossible for the Red Cross to keep claiming that the study never took place, as was their response to the 2nd of may video.

Red Cross cures 154 Malaria cases in Uganda with MMS: This video was released 2nd of May 2013.

Autism Moms with MMS miracle stories (videos).

Basic Science of MMS: Read more (MMS wiki)

MMS Truthful Wiki: mmswiki.is


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Spirit Led Activism - The True Power Of The People + Rites Of Passage - Encountering Spiritual “Initiations” On The Path
January 17 2019 | From: WakingTimes / WakeUpWorld

As the world is driven into a state of chaos by a combination of top down despotism and bottom up politically correct pacifism, seekers of ‘the path’ sit in the lotus position contemplating their navels or drifting into the ether of another world.



Seeking to participate in inner spiritual disciplines can quite easily be used as an excuse for doing nothing. Nothing about anything that actually matters.

Related: Are You Awake? Or Just Informed

Nothing that would constitute making a stand against the destruction going on all around us.

I say “can be quite easily used” because many aspirants who fill spiritual seminars, workshops, conferences and retreats all over the planet, have adopted the popular view that they shouldn’t be involved in confronting anything – except possibly, themselves.

The claim they make is that trying to prevent something bad from happening goes against ‘inner spiritual work.’ It is ‘confrontational’ and therefore encourages a negative vibration, when what is called for is “peace, love and tolerance”.

This is an evasion of the simple human responsibility (response-ability) to act when faced by stark cases of injustice and cruelty.

It is not a spiritual reaction at all; it is rather the opposite, a simple act of cowardice which hides behind metaphysical teachings that say one must go ‘inward’ only, rather than outward, if one wants to do any good in the world.


Spiritual Motivation: Guru Within





Related: Scientists Found That the Soul Doesn’t Die – It Goes Back to the Universe

Such a convenient mantra for those who wish to avoid feeling or taking any responsibility for the shocking levels of cruelty and destruction which they themselves freely admit to witnessing, and indirectly supporting, on a daily level.

“No” such people say, “we will make a better world only by meditating and changing the vibrational level from carbon to crystalline.

It is not for us to do battle with the forces of evil that control this world. If they succeed in their ambitions – and trash our planet in the process – it is because evil is still more prevalent than good, so we must keep meditating in order to become more spiritual and avoid being caught up in any form of conflict!”

Now the irony of this situation is really quite profound. Because what these spirit seekers are saying and doing – assuming that at least some are really ‘doing’ their spirit work and are not on a purely escapist trip – is not out-and-out wrong.

But, without an equal and complementary commitment to cease supporting that which they know to be insupportable – plus a commitment to give active service to humanity and pressing planetary needs, it is essentially meaningless and should be recognized as a form of deception.



Related: Three Extraordinary Paradoxes Of Personal Awakening

Only half of something whole – taken as if it was whole – is a dangerous delusion. A half truth, when taken to be whole truth, is indeed a grand deception and one particularly popular with the political class.

Spiritual self-improvement must always be coupled to tangible actions in support of humanity, otherwise it becomes regressive.

At the other end of the spectrum, there are those who join protest movements and direct action groups, who won’t hear of anything to do with ‘the spiritual’ getting in their way.

People who are often brave and indeed courageous souls, and whose struggle to protect the Creator’s kingdom against wanton acts of destruction is considerably closer to the true essence of spirituality than is the cosseted world in which many of the so-called spiritual aspirants reside.

Bravery is an important quality, but many of those heading out to block attempts to drive a new motorway through a pristine forest would be a hundred times more effective if they added the power of a conscious spiritual intent to their struggle.

Why, oh why, do people have to identify with one or other of these approaches? Why cannot we all settle for declaring ourselves ‘spiritual activists’ and get on with the job?



Related: Six Activities That Will Enrich Your Soul + The Benefits Of Mindfulness

This is the quality that really has the power to make/bring change for the better.

Nothing can stand in the way of fully committed passionate souls, who combine their inner and outer powers to protect and promote all that has value and beauty on planet earth.

While it may sound heroic, this is in fact the natural state of expression for a human being who has not succumbed to society’s ubiquitous mind control techniques and/or fallen prey to pretentious propaganda.

An unsullied human instinct will react to acts of obvious injustice by expressing a strong sense of righteous indignation which leads on to the desire to take action!

This is because we are all linked-up, and on the collective subconscious plain, are one.

When one see one’s fellow kind being kicked in the head by some crazed vagrant, one’s first (and best) instinct is to try to help the person in trouble.

Now extend that emotion into the animal, plant and all living matter kingdom, and one will find that it is one’s heart that is leading the way. It is one’s heart that is leading the rebellion against rank injustice – and no one will argue against the fact that the heart lies at the centre of our innate spirituality.



Related: Now That You’ve Awakened, How Do You Help Awaken Others?

‘To follow one’s heart’ is the first stepping stone on the road of truth. Actions that flow from here represent a genuine spiritual response. One based on compassion and empathy for and with the divine diversity of creation.

Taking action to defend that creation is spiritual activism. Here is the response of someone whose inner and outer self are not alienated or in conflict with each other.

It is the dynamic of balance. A state in which the collective spirit of love that we share with fellow beings, is activated and acted upon. Yes, activated and acted upon. Both.

The spiritual activist is our natural state of pre mind controlled being.

The being who has not been pacified by indoctrination to the ways of the status quo. Who has not sought to identify with the spirit alone – or with the warrior alone – but quite naturally finds that he/she is, by sheer dint of being human, is both these.

How our world would rejoice should this breed of actor emerge at the forefront of the affairs of man!

We have had enough of compartmentalized divisions of oneness. Quite enough, thank you. ‘Nowhere’ is precisely where we will get so long as people continue to split themselves up into divisions of the whole and then believe they have found ‘the way’.



Related: How To Realise Your True Calling & The 5 Stages Of Awakening: Are Demons Walking Among Us?

So, do meditation and spirit work by all means, but then immediately pour the fruits of it into taking action against injustice – and beyond that – towards the process of building a new model of humanity.

Real Action is not about congratulating one’s self for sending a pre-prepared text message to Greenpeace to stop oil drilling in the Arctic.

Real Action is where one puts one’s self on the line – body, mind and spirit – to fight for a decent future for humanity in all the myriad ways in which this is so absolutely vital today.

Albert Einstein said “The world is a dangerous place, not because of those who do evil, but because of those who look on and do nothing.” Never were truer words spoken.

At a time of mass deceit and corruption at the highest levels of society, worldwide, everyone who has a heart needs to have their hands clasp onto the rope of resistance.



Related: The Great Transformation: A World Awakening

Everyone who has a soul, and some basic level of awareness, needs to go forth into the world and start setting in motion a great turning in the affairs of man.

A turning which will reflect the potential, beauty and power of the human actor in full creative flow. Spirit and action in movement – conjoined as one.

So from here on in, say Godspeed to the emergence of the spiritual activist – and say goodbye to the world of half way houses that twist the truth into selfish self-concern for a cosseted life of make-believe sainthood.

And while you’re at it, also say goodbye to all other such deviations from the truth that sap the life blood out of existence.


Related Articles:

End of Heaven? Quantum science says you ALWAYS have existed and ALWAYS will exist

The Four Types of Spirit Guides, According to a Psychic Medium

People Can Draw Energy From Other People The Same Way Plants Do

Soul Resonance and Music

Rites Of Passage - Encountering Spiritual “Initiations” On The Path

There will be key times on the path where you’re presented with vital opportunities for accelerated evolutionary growth.



They are windows of possibility where your soul is wanting to grow and expand into a new level of conscious existence. So the Universe conspires to present a cauldron of alchemical change, where you’re tested emotionally, physically and mentally to your threshold and beyond.

Related: Society Is Made Of Narrative – Realizing This Is Awakening From The Matrix

It’s a bit like a new flower, working to breakthrough tough surface layers. By those pathfinders who’ve endured them, they’ve become known as ‘initiations’.

They are the most earth-shattering, bone-shaking you will encounter.

So it pays to know something of what they are about. It can help you make sense of what’s going on…


Surrendering to the Soul

Your inner configuration of consciousness creates the exact outer circumstances of your life.

Based on the degree of soul infusion, determines how aligned that reality will be. If there’s still a lot of identity, ego or karmic filters, then you’ll create varying degrees of disharmony, frustration and lack of fulfillment.

And so as a result of these feelings, there’s then encouragement and motivation to reconfigure your existence by going within and unfolding new aspects of being - it’s the only way to truly change the outer.


There’s still a huge amount of talk in the spiritual mainstream and motivational circles about ‘manifesting the reality you want’.

The approach is to envision, then intentionally bring into being, that which you desire. It is an approach that is fatally flawed.

The soul will ultimately find a way through with an entirely different agenda: that of evolutionary growth and self-actualisation through unbounded self expression.

Here is the real secret, the profound joy…



Related: Seven Signs You May Be Experiencing A Dark Night Of The Soul

Intentional manifestation may work for a while, but ultimately, as the bubble bursts, there’s a surrendering once more to the soul’s rightful journey.

And initially, as you work to infuse soul, making that your aim, it’s going feel pretty expansive and at times blissful - because of the letting go, the surrender.

But that’s far from the end of the story, because the inner reality needs to then infuse into the outer, so as to create a congruent reflection. And this is where initiations take place.


In the Corridor of Change

There comes the point of Realignment on the path. I’ve spoken of it in the 5GATEWAYS Documentary. It where there’s realisation that only surrender to the soul’s calling can lead to fulfillment in life.

It’s not an intellectual shift; rather a kind of ‘breaking down sobbing of surrender’. “I will not do another thing until I can feel it coming from my soul!” It’s at this point that you open the doorway to the superhighway of spiritual growth, and with that, accelerating initiations.

The soul will work to merge your consciousness through your being and into the outer reality.

But in so doing, it’s going to hit not only your blockages and distortions of the old bodymind consciousness, but then also the imbalances and disharmony in the outer world you’ve created.

Thus begins a near constant confrontation with the old reality.

This is the point where many seekers on the path turn back.



Related: Propaganda, Human Consciousness, And The Future Of Civilization

I’ve witnessed it countless times: it becomes too intense to persist. There’s a losing of trust, and as the inner density gets churned up, it becomes exceptionally hard to hear your divine guidance mechanism.

It becomes all too easy to slip into denial and accept a lesser existence.

But this is not the time to stop! It’s the perfect time to remember exactly why you’re doing it. If you don’t persist, that window of opportunity will close, and it can take time to reconfigure and re-open.

One fundamental truth can help you to persist:


There is absolutely nothing going on but self-realisation. And so if you hit inner density and it wants to break you down internally, let it happen. You’re breaking the inner ties into the old consciousness.

It’s not going to be easy: it may mean the ending of a relationship where you’ve spent many years together, where ties have to be unbound; it may mean leaving a career or general living situation with no certainty of what is to come next.

The path is definitely not all love and light!


How To Open Your 7 Chakras As Explained In a Children's Show





Related: Once We Awaken


Abandoned and Cast Adrift in Confusion: Key Signs of an Initiation

An initiation often feels like you’ve been abandoned, cast adrift in confusion, as if the Universe is having some great cosmic joke at your expense. It will make it easier to know the key signs you’re actually undertaking one...

Key Signs of an Initiation:

You’re beset with near constant patterns of outer confrontation in your life

Things don’t want to work in the ways they used to - everything seems to be breaking down

Where previously your internal guidance mechanism worked well for you, now it’s hard to figure out even the simplest of choices

Emotionally you’re pushed to the limit; physically your body aches; intellectually the mind struggles to make sense

It becomes exceptionally hard to trust what you know in the heart to be true – the outer world keeps reflecting the old consciousness

Relationships, careers and general living circumstances are all challenged.

When I’ve encountered these myself on the path, it kind of feels like the metamorphosis of a butterfly: you enter into a ‘crysalis phase’, where everything internal feels like it’s turning to mush - prior to the resplendent new form coming through.

See: Here’s a video on what it feels like to Unleash Your Cosmic Self


Facilitating the Process

So crucially, if you find yourself encountering a phase in your life like something I’ve described, you could well be engaged in an initiation.

It is not about making it easier! It is not about immediately dropping the pain like proverbial hot coals and turning away! It’s about walking courageously right into the jaws of it. But you can make the process more manageable. Here’s how…

Making Initiations Manageable:

Turn completely into it. Don’t reject or push the hardship away.

Don’t try to fix the outer world with some quick or expediently comfortable solution.

Don’t back away. Instead, go right into the very heart of it. Let it churn you up and break you down.

Keep looking for the internal tightness, whether it be physical, emotional, mental or karmi- express into it, let the pain and anguish come through you.

Then, when you’ve normalised in this internal tsunami of uncertainty - when the ‘boat’ has righted itself — look for a new aspect of beingness that wants to come through and light the path forwards.

Commit wholeheartedly to the new pathway.

Watch and celebrate as the new reality takes shape.

See: Here’s a video on how to Breakthrough Subconscious Tightness


In This Fierce Embrace, Even the Gods Speak of God

So, there will come times on the path where you enter such a cauldron of profound alchemical change.

If my sharing has helped you recognise that happening, then I encourage you to persist, to head right into the jaws of uncertainty.

Because in so doing, you’ll experience the most extraordinary expansion possible and your new life will literally take off!

It’s certainly not for everyone, but if you’re drawn to this text, and got this far, I’m certain you have what it takes to break through.

So go for it!…


"It doesn’t interest me if there is one God or many gods.

I want to know if you belong or feel abandoned.

If you know despair or can see it in others.

I want to know if you are prepared to live in the world with its harsh need to change you.

If you can look back with firm eyesbsaying this is where I stand.

I want to know if you know how to melt into that fierce heat of living falling toward the center of your longing.

I want to know if you are willing to live, day by day, with the consequence of love
and the bitter unwanted passion of your sure defeat.

I have heard, in that fierce embrace, even the gods speak of God.
"

- David Whyte


Not Alone

Above all, remember, that even if you feel alone, you are not.

There is constant support from higher evolved consciousness in the ether all around you, those who will know exactly what you’re going through.

But they’re not here to take the pain away, they’re not here to find the solution for you.

They’re here to hold the space and help you grow through it, by illuminating that which you now need to work with in yourself.

Everybody hurts sometimes. And you are not alone.

Join the Openhand Community... Engage with Starsouls just like you.)





Related Articles:

Loneliness – The Dilemma Of The Awakening Mind

I Woke Up And The World Around Me Is Still Asleep: What To Do? + Once you Learn These Nine Lessons
From Confucius, Your Priorities In Life Will Completely Change


97 Spiritual Enlightenment Stories

Why Words Can “Cut” Your Soul And Are More Powerful Than Swords



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

More Undeniable Signs That The Global Criminal Cabal Is Going Down + Obama, Hillary Clinton Both Supported Trump’s Plan To Stop Migrants At Border
January 16 2019 | From: Geopolitics / OAN / Various

There are now a number of undeniable signs that the Global Criminal Cabal is going down big time. This is in addition to previous events that saw the panic of the Bushes, Clintons and the Bidens.



The Deep State actors in the US are now running out of options that they are now propping up previously unknown personalities to run for the highest office in 2020. Bernie Standers is still unacceptable for the Democrats.

Related: Partial government shutdown enters day 22, longest federal closure in U.S. history

Anyway, it is interesting to note that the recent resignation of the World Bank president Jim Yong Kim not only coincided with the fall of US Supreme Court Justice Bader Ginsburg and Serena Rothschild, but it also is following along the path of his predecessor ex-Goldman Sachs banker Robert Zoellick, who himself resigned as WB chief along with thousands of other banking CEOs in the early part of 2012, which eventually culminated in the Papal resignation of “Benedict” Ratzinger, the highest racking pedophile coddler of the Roman Empire in his time.

Remember also that this incumbent Catholic Pope Bergoglio has promised early in his indefinite term that there will be some sort of debt forgiveness, only to renege later on because frankly, the Jesuit Rothschild banking dynasty doesn’t own anything of real value, but only on paper as the whole gang of criminal misfits never in their lives worked on a farm.

These are occult magicians have been leveraging on the gullibility of the masses for centuries, if not for millennia.

But there are natural limits to every imperial ambition.



Related: Global Alliance Moving For A Checkmate Versus The Deep State

As everybody knows, the European decadent organization is now being confronted with mass movements of people whore are tired of austerity measures in the midst of opulent royal rituals, and populist leaderships that are directly mocking on the panicky Deep State actors still holding government positions.

We are seeing the beginning of the reign of unelected parliamentarians and the end of the European Union itself.

Kings and Queens have also resigned to make way for progressive minded individuals to sign off for the global Collateral Accounts that were preprogrammed to be used for planetary development 80 years ago, but instead systematically siphoned off world, or at least used in massive underground developments in the mid-1950s that had nothing to do with improving human lives on terra.

Before these royal resignations, Paradise, California was devastated by a very obvious directed energy weapon’s attack that melted everything metallic, transmuted glasses into thin air, pulverized housing materials on contact, but plastics.

But the real giveaway is the linear and pulsed patterns that the energy weapon swept across the targeted areas.




The pseudo-environmentalists are expected to capitalize on this for their nefarious global warming / climate change mantra that the Trump government happens to refute against.

Today, the Central Bank of Russia indicated that over the last 6 months it has unloaded its dollar reserves further down to 21.9% when it converted $100 billion foreign reserves into Yuan, Yen and Euro, in line with the systematic decapitation of the Rothschild / Jesuit banking empire.



Related: Changes That Are Coming: The Deep State’s Control Is Fast Coming To An End

The Russians are already preparing for a complete shutdown of Visa and Mastercard with their own Mir payment system.

Meanwhile, the Federal Reserve System can’t hide its own bankruptcy anymore, while it is undergoing its own covert bailout that is probably very hard to trace, much like the Pentagon failed its first ever audit.

As most of us know, all private Central Banks are under a common umbrella controlled by the Rothschild banking dynasty, and the same operation that they did in 2008 is now being used to keep the Federal Reserve itself afloat.



Related: A Central Banker’s Plan For Your Money


“This is basically an open running bailout. Under this structure, you can transfer assets out of the federal government into private ownership, and nobody will know and nobody can stop it. There is no oversight whatsoever. You can’t even know who is doing it.

I’m telling you they just took the United States government, they just changed the governance model by accounting policy to a fascist government. If you are an investor, you don’t know who owns those assets, and there is no evidence that you do. . . .

If the law says you have to produce audited financial statements and you refuse to do so for 20 years, and then when somebody calls you on it, you proceed to change the accounting laws that say you can now run secret books for all the agencies and over 100 related entities…”

“We cannot sit around and passively depend on a guy we elected President. The President cannot fix this. We need to fix this. . . . [Comment: She clearly is not aware of The Alliance]

This is Main Street versus Wall Street. This is honest books versus dirty books. If you want the United States in 10 years to resemble anything what it looked like 20 years ago, you are going to have to do it, and there is no one else who can do it. You have to first get the intelligence to know what is happening.”


– Catherine Austin Fitts

In the last 72 hours, the US stealth B2 bomber is positioned in Hawaii to make a statement. Russia is responding with its deployment of 30 Poseidon strategic underwater nuclear drones that are designed to create tsunami wave of up to 500 meters, enough to wipe out shoreline vessels and marine bases.

But it is the Chinese space program that is making the tectonic headlines across the world as it successfully landed an unmanned spacecraft and a rover, which beamed each other’s camera showing off the far side of the moon.





Related: Full interview: President Trump responds to Russian asset allegations, border updates

This feat is not only politically symbolic, but it gives a real measure in the right direction as it emboldens the Chinese to pursue the construction of a manned space station specifically designed to curtail and neutralize the massive Western weaponization of space that had been already used against China in more than one occasion, i.e. Tianjin Blast, and several earthquakes, not just in China but also in Southeast Asia.




There is one thing left for China to do, i.e. the massive unloading of its US treasury bonds.

This will be doubled down with India taking over the current US second economic position at number 2. Hopefully at that situation would unite Americans against their own common enemies that is the Wall Street bankers, the military industrial complex and Big Pharma.

The Russians have been teasing us already with Space Age technologies, not just in the realm of weaponries but positive material transmutations, cold fusion, and portable free energy systems that have been actively suppressed and exploited by Deep State SERCO that is with high probability to be behind the California DEW attacks.



What is wrong with this picture? A wildfire that burns houses but not trees...

Related: Paradise Destroyed: California Firemen Find Signatures of Directed Energy Weapons

The Border Wall rhetorics, and the government shutdown along with it, are merely shadow boxing.

But real actions are being taken care of behind the scenes. There are reports that some personalities are already being hoarded off to the newly renovated Guantanamo prisons.

It is therefore incumbent upon us to continue the pressure by spreading these fundamental knowledge and the true understanding of current events, so that depression is taken over by hope, and apathy by courage and tangible actions inside the halls of power.

Related: California Wildfire: Another Directed Energy Weapon Attack?

Obama, Hillary Clinton Both Supported Trump’s Plan To Stop Migrants At Border

As House Democrats rail against President Trump’s plan for border security, many seem to be forgetting their own positions just a few short years ago.



One America’s Pearson Sharp explains which Democrats have flip-flopped on building a wall since President Trump took office.

Related: Build the Wall - Best Argument in 2:25 Minutes





Related Articles:

Open Borders, National Sovereignty and Common Sense

Another left-wing couple goes missing after trying to spread ‘love’ in a dangerous foreign country

Actor Robert Davi RIPS Chuck Schumer: “How Many Times Are You Going to Sit There and Lie Like a Rotten Corpse!”

Farmer in North Dakota Plows “Build the Wall” in his Field

Like Father, Like Son… Don Jr. Thumps CNN’s Jim Acosta After Crazy Border Selfies

Vice President Pence expresses appreciation to U.S. border patrol, pledges ongoing support

Democrats paid for a wall … in Jordan

President Trump Smacks Down Irritating Showman Jim Acosta

The Wall That Schumer and Pelosi Built for Israel

Dem Senator Slammed Over Blocking Wall, Shutdown

Sneak Preview Of Lauren Southern’s New Documentary “Borderless”

Trump Slams Dems For Vacationing While He Is “In The White House, Waiting”

America Will “Collapse” With No Wall – Former Ariz. Governor

Democrats Crack on the Wall

Trump discusses border crisis, government shutdown with Judge Jeanine


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Why Nutritional Psychiatry Is The Future Of Mental Health Treatment + Depression Is A Symptom Of Nutrient Deficiency; Treating It With Drugs Is Not Only Ineffective But Dangerous
January 15 2019 | From: NaturalBlaze / NaturalNews

A lack of essential nutrients is known to contribute to the onset of poor mental health in people suffering from anxiety and depression, bipolar disorder, schizophrenia and ADHD. Nutritional psychiatry is a growing discipline that focuses on the use of food and supplements to provide these essential nutrients as part of an integrated or alternative treatment for mental health disorders.



But nutritional approaches for these debilitating conditions are not widely accepted by mainstream medicine.

Related: ‘I look after my mental health every single day’: John Kirwan on living his best life

Treatment options tend to be limited to official National Institute for Care Excellence (NICE) guidelines which recommend talking therapies and antidepressants.


Use of Antidepressants

Antidepressant use has more than doubled in recent years. In England 64.7m prescriptions were issued for antidepressants in 2016 at a cost of £266.6m.

This is an increase of 3.7m on the number of items prescribed in 2015 and more than double than the 31m issued in 2006.

A recent Oxford University study found that antidepressants were more effective in treating depression than placebo.
The study was led by Dr Andrea Cipriani who claimed that depression is under treated.

Cipriani maintains that antidepressants are effective and a further 1m prescriptions should be issued to people in the UK.

This approach suggests that poor mental health caused by social conditions is viewed as easily treated by simply dispensing drugs.



Related: Researcher Uncovers What May Be The Real Cause Of Depression



Related Articles:

Nutrition And Mental Health + ADHD Is A Fabricated Disease, Says Reputed Neurologist

The Science And Pseudoscience Of Children’s Mental Health + Creating ADHD Is The New Education




But antidepressants are shunned by people whom they could help because of the social stigma associated with mental ill-health which leads to discrimination and exclusion.

But according to British psychopharmacologist Professor David Healy, 29 clinical trials of antidepressant use in young people found no benefits at all.

These trials revealed that instead of relieving symptoms of anxiety and depression, antidepressants caused children and young people to feel suicidal.

More worrying is the increase in the use of antidepressants by children and young people. In Scotland, 5,572 children under 18 were prescribed antidepressants for anxiety and depression in 2016. This figure has more than doubled since 2009/2010.

Healy also challenges their safety and effectiveness in adults. He believes that antidepressants are over-prescribed and that there is little evidence that they are safe for long-term use.

Antidepressants are said to create dependency, have unpleasant side effects and cannot be relied upon to always relieve symptoms.



Related: The Surprisingly Dramatic Role Of Nutrition In Mental Health



Related Articles:

Cure your depression by making these simple dietary changes

Easy strategies to boost your dopamine levels naturally

Five Proven Natural Ways To Boost Your Body’s Dopamine Production




Nutrition and Poor Mental Health

In developed countries such as the UK people eat a greater variety of foodstuffs than ever before – but it doesn’t follow that they are well nourished.

In fact, many people do not eat enough nutrients that are essential for good brain health, opting for a diet of heavily processed food containing artificial additives and sugar.

The link between poor mental health and nutritional deficiencies has long been recognised by nutritionists working in the complementary health sector.

However, psychiatrists are only now becoming increasingly aware of the benefits of using nutritional approaches to mental health, calling for their peers to support and research this new field of treatment.



Related: Non-Addictive Natural Pain Killer Kratom Relieves Chronic Pain, Depression - Leave Rx Drugs Behind



Related Articles:

Is depression a kind of allergic reaction?

Here are foods that cause or prevent inflammation

Natural compounds in grapes found to decrease inflammation in the brain, ease depression symptoms



It is now known that many mental health conditions are caused by inflammation in the brain which ultimately causes our brain cells to die.

This inflammatory response starts in our gut and is associated with a lack of nutrients from our food such as magnesium, omega-3 fatty acids, probiotics, vitamins and minerals that are all essential for the optimum functioning of our bodies.


Recent Research has shown that food supplements such as zinc, magnesium, omega 3, and vitamins B and D3 can help improve people’s mood, relieve anxiety and depression and improve the mental capacity of people with Alzheimer’s.

Magnesium is one of most important minerals for optimal health, yet many people are lacking in it.

One study found that a daily magnesium citrate supplement led to a significant improvement in depression and anxiety, regardless of age, gender or severity of depression. Improvement did not continue when the supplement was stopped.



Related: How To Effectively Manage Social Anxiety



Related Articles:

Panic Attacks and Anxiety Episodes Linked to Vitamin Deficiencies in Groundbreaking Study

Panic Attacks and #Anxiety linked to low vitamin B and #Iron levels

Omega-3 fatty acids are another nutrient that is critical for the development and function of the central nervous system – and a lack has been associated with low mood, cognitive decline and poor comprehension.

The role of probiotics – the beneficial live bacteria in your digestive system – in improving mental health has also been explored by psychiatrists and nutritionists, who found that taking them daily was associated with a significant reduction in depression and anxiety.

Vitamin B complex
and zinc are other supplements found to reduce the symptoms of anxiety and depression.


Hope for the Future?

These over-the-counter” supplements are widely available in supermarkets, chemists and online health food stores, although the cost and quality may vary.

For people who have not responded to prescription drugs or who cannot tolerate the side effects, nutritional intervention can offer hope for the future.

There is currently much debate over the effectiveness of antidepressants. The use of food supplements offer an alternative approach that has the potential to make a significant difference to the mental health of all age groups.

The emerging scientific evidence suggests that there should be a bigger role for nutritional psychiatry in mental health within conventional health services.



Related: Another Natural Remedy For Alcoholism And Depression? South American Psychedelic Herb Promotes
Feelings Of Well-Being, According To New Study


If the burden of mental ill health is to be reduced, GPs and psychiatrists need to be aware of the connection between food, inflammation and mental illness.

Medical education has traditionally excluded nutritional knowledge and its association with disease. This has led to a situation where very few doctors have a proper understanding of the importance of nutrition.

Nutritional interventions are thought to have little evidence to support their use to prevent or maintain well-being and so are left to dietitians, rather than doctors, to advise on.

The ConversationBut as the evidence mounts up, it is time for medical education to take nutrition seriously so that GPs and psychiatrists of the future know as much about its role in good health as they do about anatomy and physiology.

The state of our mental health could depend on it.


Related Articles:

Mental disorders do not exist

When deranged psychiatrists became social justice warriors

Game tournament mass shooter was prescribed anti-psychotic and antidepressant medications – update

How many people are on psychiatric drugs?

Meet The Psychiatric Pretenders

Medication Nation: One-third of Americans take mind-altering chemical drugs that cause depression

Many ordinary meds cause depression; public trust in Pharma hits new low

An Honest Antidepressant Drug Commercial

Digital Addiction Increases Loneliness, Anxiety And Depression

Depression Is A Symptom Of Nutrient Deficiency; Treating It With Drugs Is Not Only Ineffective But Dangerous

Far too many people are suffering from depression in recent years leading to more people taking antidepressants than ever – with 13 million Americans taking such medications every day.



At the same time, people’s diets have declined in quality significantly. While most people don’t tend to think that the two problems are related, some experts say that this is definitely not a coincidence.


Related: New Study Finds Antidepressants To Be “Largely Ineffective And Potentially Dangerous”

It’s easy to see the connection between the poor modern Western diet and problems like obesity or diabetes because of the out-of-control sugar consumption, but depression is related more to what we’re not consuming than what we are.

For example, there is a lot of research showing the link between a Vitamin D deficiency and depression in people young and old.

One study found that people whose vitamin D levels were considered deficient were twice as likely to experience depressive symptoms as those who were considered mildly deficient.

That’s because the body uses vitamin D to regulate the enzymes needed for dopamine, epinephrine, and norepinephrine production, hormones that are used to regulate your mood and stress as well as energy levels.

Depression is considered a sign of magnesium deficiency, and one Croatian study found that many people who had attempted suicide had dangerously low magnesium levels.



Related: This Super Simple Breathing Technique Can Help Alleviate Anxiety & Depression

A study from the University of Vermont, meanwhile, found that adults with mild to moderate depression noted significant improvements in their depression and anxiety after taking magnesium supplements for just two weeks.

A reported 68 percent of Americans don’t get the recommended daily amount of magnesium, with 19 percent failing to even get half the necessary amount. This could well be playing a role in the rising depression numbers.

People with depression also have lower concentrations of the mineral zinc in their blood than those who do not have depression, and studies have shown that zinc supplementation can reverse that depression.


Antidepressants Have a Poor Efficacy Record

The nutrient connection explains why treating depression with drugs is so ineffective. It simply doesn’t address the underlying cause of many people’s depression.

A new study from Zurich University of Applied Sciences concluded that “antidepressants are largely ineffective and potentially harmful,” and it’s one of many studies pointing to the unacceptable track record of these medications.

Making matters worse is the fact that using these drugs over the long term raises a person’s chances of having a relapse of depressive episodes. Then there’s the higher risk of suicide.



Related: The Roots Of Mental Health - Maybe They’re Not In Our Heads + Rising Rates Of Suicide: Are Pills The Problem?

It’s hard to imagine a worse side effect than that, until you realize just how many mass shooting perpetrators in recent years had been taking antidepressants.

A big part of the problem is that doctors are far too quick to prescribe these drugs, and many patients specifically request them in hopes of an easy fix.

It’s understandable that those who are depressed are eager to find themselves in a better frame of mind, but correcting nutritional deficiencies is truly just as easy, and it doesn’t come with any side effects.

Better yet, ensuring you’re getting enough of the nutrients your body needs actually improves your overall health, not just depression, so it’s a win-win situation.

While studies have shown that supplementing with vitamin D, zinc and magnesium can all effectively address depression, you can also get these nutrients through your diet.



Related: Neuroscience Says Listening To This Song Reduces Anxiety By Up To 65 Percent + The Miracle Of 528 Hz
Solfeggio And Fibonacci Numbers


Oysters, cashews, crab, and beef are all considered good sources of zinc, while you can get a magnesium boost from foods like spinach, almonds, Swiss chard, pumpkin seeds, almonds and dark chocolate.

Vitamin D is perhaps the easiest deficiency to correct; you just need to spend some time outdoors without sunscreen to get your body to start producing more of it.

The amount of time needed varies depending on your skin tone, the time of day, and your geographic location, but it could be as little as 10 minutes a day a few times per week.

For people with serious depression, it might be hard to believe that something as simple as getting more nutrients could make a difference, but you have nothing to lose and everything to gain by trying it.


Related Articles:

Leading brain experts teach you how to restore your mind to optimal health

How to naturally boost brain cell regeneration

Clinical trial using magic mushrooms to treat depression gets go-ahead from FDA

The mental and emotional benefits of expressing gratitude: It reduces stress and promotes psychological and physical well-being

Known as the “bliss molecule”, anandamide is a natural way to stimulate a sense of happiness

Toxic masculinity: American Psychological Association says it’s bad to be a man

Nearly 1 in 5 autistic young adults have history of depression: study

Can Autism be Cured?

The Relationship Between Compulsory Vaccination, Suicide & Euthanasia

The Myth Of Mental Illness: Psychiatry Is A Fraud And It Is All About Control + “Opposition Defiant
Disorder” - Non-Conformity And Anti-Authoritarianism Now Considered An Illness

Seven Facts About Depression That Will Blow You Away

Dr. Kelly Brogan's Takedown Of Big Pharma's SSRI Anti-Depressant Drug Lies Hits Bestseller Lists


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Why Gold Is Money - Fiat Money Creates An Immoral Society: Money With Real Value Is Crucial
January 14 2019 | From: FinalWakeUpCall / Various

Counterfeited Money: The proper definition of money is, a vehicle that functions as a store of value and is a medium of exchange.



All of today’s currencies are debt, because none are redeemable for anything by their issuer, nor are there any limits on the quantity that can be created.

Related: What Are We Working For? The Economic System is a Labyrinthine Trap | H.R.5404 - To define the dollar as a fixed weight of gold

Only a vague claim “against good faith and credit” of the government under pretence, coupled with the extortion of tax money from their subjects.

And under their declaration of faith, they have the ability to destroy the currency through inflation that destroys the credit and eventually reduces it to literally nothing.

All credit leads to debt. Salaries, wages, even capital gains, are forms of wealth that have been earned. But credit is not the same as money; it isn’t earned.

Debt is the claim on money that still has to be earned, while all debt must be repaid.

The earliest references to honesty regarding money and the significance of gold as money, were recorded three to four thousand years ago in the Torah, the first five books of the Bible written by Moses, which recognises that gold and silver were early forms of money.



Related: Millions Are Hounded For Debt They Don’t Owe. One Victim Fought Back, With A Vengeance

Since it encompassed the weight of a precious metal, the admonition for “honest weights and measures” was spelled out early and often in the Bible. Not using an honest weight in any commodity transaction was considered theft.

Today, the deliberate debasement of our currency by monetary authorities is theft, and is equivalent to counterfeiting. The Founding Fathers of the United States of America saw counterfeiting as a serious crime, deserving the death penalty.

Worldwide, people are waking up to the fact that the current economic system of debt and fiat money is unsustainable, and they are quietly and secretly preparing for the worst.

Governments will do what they always do in a financial crisis: protect insiders and those close to the Deep State.

Average middle-class citizens, are already suffering from the corrupt monetary system, and are scrambling to find the best way to protect their wealth and ensure their safety in these challenging times.



Related: Satan’s Credit Card: What The Mark Of The Beast Taught Me About The Future Of Money

The unwinding of history’s largest financial bubble is now upon us.

Governments around the world are bankrupting their country by destroying their own currency. They will never provide for the economic needs of their people.

Any promise by them that they intend to do so, should not be believed. Likewise, a bankrupt government, cannot provide physical safety. All government efforts are focused on, is the clinging to power, by the further expansion thereof.


Motives why Gold and Silver Became the Premiere Money

The importance of commodity money, especially gold and silver, started about 6,000 years ago; at that time, it was a relatively new discovery.

Gold and silver, due to their special qualities, were chosen early on as the money of choice to replace the bartering of products, which facilitated more efficient trading of goods and services. Though gold was accepted quite naturally, over time, as being superior to barter, the unique significance of this process was only discovered over time.

Precious metals were voluntarily chosen as money by the people and were not designated as such through government force. Although, once the importance of money became obvious, governments took control of precious metals.


The characteristics of commodity money, that took years to identify precisely, are its functions that truly need to be understood. There are three main functions that should be fulfilled:

1. A store of value

2. A unit of account to serve as a standard of value, and

3. A well accepted medium of exchange

A store of value makes money useful and conveys confidence that its purchasing power will not be arbitrarily diminished by the creation of additional units out of thin air by government authorities.

Ships have sunk, laden with gold and silver coins, only to be recovered hundreds of years later with the purchasing power of the gold and silver coins still intact.

This is not the case with fiat currencies.



Related: Governments Are Corporations & The Gold Standard Will Break Up The Banking Cartel


Why Gold is Money

Money is simply a medium of exchange and must have the function as medium of exchange, by unit measure, and as store of value, that are based on natural characteristics, such as the fact that it is intrinsically valuable, durable, divisible, uniform, portable, scarce, and broadly accepted; these characteristics are essential for a medium of exchange to become a standard of widely accepted payment.

Moreover, there are many other advantages of gold as money. It’s by far the most private kind of money; gold coins, unlike paper currency, don’t even carry serial numbers.

That makes it truly untraceable. Although efforts have been made to counterfeit gold bars, with tungsten filler and the like. Gold is much easier to authenticate than paper or digital currency.

It is part of the Grand Plan that is unfolding before our eyes, that gold will soon become the preferred medium of exchange for all of us once again.



Related: Babylonian Money Magic & How Modern "Commercial Law" Is Based On Ancient Babylonian Codes


Fiat Currency

The monetary choice should always be made by the people themselves and not imposed or prohibited by the government.

Fraud with regard to the monetary unit should never be tolerated.

Promises that substitutes, or certificates issued for a currency and backed by a commodity means nothing if there is no guarantee of convertibility. When there is no guarantee, an unbacked currency by a commodity of value will simply be fiat currency.

Various types of fiat currencies have been used for centuries and they all have ended badly. They not only pose a threat to economic prosperity, but they also undermine people’s freedom.

The current dollar standard is the largest fiat system the world has ever seen. Since 1971, when the dollar became a 100% fiat currency, astronomical distortions in the international financial and political systems have resulted.



Related: The Money Scam Makes Us Slaves: Gold Is Waterproof And Indestructible In The Sea Of Fiat Currencies

Since the current environment has been built on false information, generated by monetary and interest rate manipulation, made worse by sub-prime lending, the amount of worldwide debt and mal-investments have reached record highs.

Natural market forces always require the liquidation and correction of the excesses that the central economic planners cause by monetary manipulation.

If sound economic growth is ever expected to return to the world economy, the excesses of the past 40 years must be dealt with. The problems that will come with this adjustment are huge, and will be both economical and geopolitical.

How long and painful the correction is, depends on government policy, and how serious we are about instituting sound money. Paper money never lasts for long periods of time. Commodity money like gold and silver lasts for thousands of years.


Fiat Money Creates an Immoral Society

Under a fraudulent monetary system, debt in real terms, becomes impossible to pay while the required debt liquidation can only be accomplished by debasement of the currency.

Fake money rewards the special interests most closely associated with money managers: namely the Deep State, the military industrial complex, Wall Street, and the many beneficiaries of government spending.



Related: Democracy Is A Front For Central Bank Rule & Financial Starvation In A Fiat Debt Slavery Financial System

Unfair distribution of wealth is a characteristic of a fiat monetary system and is being witnessed today in its extreme. As an example; the three richest people own more than the bottom 50% of the world’s population.

Fiat money dislikes morality and creates an immoral society. It requires the rejection of a convertible commodity standard, and can only be enforced with powerful legal tender laws.

Economic bubbles are the monsters birthed by fiat currencies and central bank manipulation of the money supply and interest rates. A fiat currency eliminates a definable unit of account which is needed for sound economic calculation.

People who think that peace and prosperity are worthy goals, must eventually reject fiat currencies.

For at least since the 1600s, taxpayer monies have been illegally laundered through what now is known privately owned tax offices, central banks and cabal owned corporations identified as; Washington DC, City of London and the Holy See in Vatican City.

Meanwhile 'elites' and politician were filling their pockets along the way.



Related: CAFR (Comprehensive Annual Financial Report) Collateral Accounts: Taxes And Government Fraud Against Citizens Around The World

Governments are funded totally through black earning projects, such as drug-trafficking, organ- and human-trafficking, including child-sex-trafficking and the off-budget accounting as published in the comprehensive annual financial report (CAFR).

When President Trump finally implements GESARA Law the Federal Reserve and IRS officially would be defunct. Income taxes will be abolished and replaced with a sales tax on non-essential items.

Recovering from the damage caused by the fiat currencies will prove to be much more difficult than rejecting the temptation to initiate a fiat currency as the unit of account in the first place.

Honest money is the essential ally of liberty.

Precious metals must and will return to serve as the foundation for the new QFS-system.


The Free Market Makes the Choice

The proper course of action would be to make certain that the dictates of governments and central banks are ignored, but rather, free people in the marketplace should make their own choice as to whether we should use cryptos or something else.

This process requires the insight that it is imperative to reject the use of force and fraud if we are to have any chance at success.



Related: The Khazarian Bankster Cult That Hijacked The World & Worthless Pieces Of Paper - Interest On Fake Money Is Confiscating Your Freedom

The greatest challenge will be the accomplishment of providing a currency with a precise definition of the unit of account. It cannot be arbitrary, or confidence will not be achieved with any substitute or proposed reform of the dollar.

It was because of the determined effort to maintain a precise unit of account definition of the dollar, that it was abandoned in 1971 and the ensuing dollar became completely fiat, which ushered in the financial/debt crisis the world now is facing.


Money With Real Value is Crucial

A workable currency must convey confidence, because that’s critically important to the average person. A guarantee that the monetary unit can be easily and reliably exchanged for something of real value is crucial.

Throughout history, all currencies, once made popular in the market place, were inevitably taken over by government or a banking entity.

Since that will probably continue, every effort must be made to keep the management of the monetary system out of the hands of government officials.

The goal should be, to keep all transactions both transparent and anonymous without paying bank transaction fees.

Therefore, now thanks to President Trump, the Patriots and the Q-Anon team, the narrative concerning the central banks is in their hands.



Related: President Trump: Replace The Dollar With Gold As The Global Currency To Make America Great Again

They are now in the position to expose the Rothschild Fed and all the Rothschild central banks, revealing that they are the culprits of all the economic disasters that have ever occurred. This was done by design to facilitate wealth transfers from the populace to themselves and their mignons.

Most importantly, the central bank global fiat financial system is being brought to the point of deflation, which will force the Deep State to relinquish their global control. The fiat financial system will be replaced by local currencies, i.e. gold-backed sovereign money systems, based on the QFS.

This will be the foundation for the post-fiat, GESARA world.

This Quantum Financial System (QFS) has been successfully tested multiple times, and is fully integrated, operational and impenetrable, with the directive that all procedures shall be transparent.

Soon, everyone will be freed from centuries long enslavement, and have plenty of money to enjoy their lives as the Creator intended it to be.

The Deep State cabal has been defeated and all that remains are the remnants. Donald Trump follows the teachings of the great warrior Sun Tsu, his book “The Art of War,” being his favourite.



Related: Mass Arrests Versus Deep State Operatives Imminent & Trump Thinks Americans Will Engage In An Armed
Revolt If Deep State Tries To Remove Him From Office


The most remarkable Sun Tsu quote was “Every battle is won before it is ever fought”

The remainder of the Deep State knows that they are beyond the point of ever fulfilling their agenda to enslave the people.

All they wish for now is the chance to bring us down with them. But they won’t succeed.

The restoration of the American Republic, and the dismantling of the European Union, structured like the Soviet Union, with a bribed, rubber-stamp parliament and unelected puppets in top positions, is happening in real time.

A gentle transition is being carried out, for the masses to gradually become accustomed to letting go of the central banking system and the corresponding way of life, which the Cabal designed for us, to keep us in perpetual debt slavery.

We are moving away from the enslavement, to a free-market, peoples’ economy, founded on honest money.

What we now are witnessing is really a unique once in a lifetime chapter in world history.

In assisting everyone to better understand and apprehend what actually is going on, is my book THE GREAT AWAKENING a good guide.

This book has been written specifically for this purpose, and also will be very helpful for future reference.


Related Articles:


From The Archives: Confirmed - Loans & Mortgages Are Created Out Of Thin Air By The Banks

Hillary Emails Reveal NATO Killed Gaddafi to Stop Libyan Creation of Gold-Backed Currency

World Bank President Kim Unexpectedly Resigns

Obama Appointed WB President Jim Yong Kim Abruptly Resigns, Here’s why

The Three Varieties Of Money

The Truth About Money Is Out & Austerity In 8 Minutes: Why It Does Not Work, Why It Is Still Practised


Overseas Banking Villains Suck New Zealanders’ Wealth Offshore

Ten Things You’re Not Supposed To Know

The Next Move To Steal Your Money: A Plan To Rip-Off Your Wealth

The Bankers’ Scam - The Power Of Money: Beat The Bankers Through Debt Termination & Commonwealth Bank Of
Australia: One Of The Largest Banks In The World Just Accused Of Laundering Millions For Drug Cartels


The Next Crisis: Avoiding Chaos - Return To The Gold Standard

A Central Banker’s Plan For Your Money

What Is Money? And More Excellent Short Videos On Manufactured Debt & Disparity + We Got F*cked

The Quadrillion Dollar Derivative Debt And The “Bail-in”: When You Deposit Funds In A Bank, It Becomes
“Their Money”


The Very Short Explanation Of Everything: [The Hidden History Of Debt Slavery In The “USA”]

Unless We Kick Our Addiction To Growth, We’re Heading Towards A Debt-Fuelled Dystopia

The Rothschild Bloodline: Financial Wizards & Wealthy Cults

Captive Loan-Sharking Bail-Ins Have Been Sold As The Prevention Of Bailouts

Financial Fraud: Easy Money Corrupts The Monetary System

The Secretive Bank Of England - Controlling The World's Money Supply + Banking Data Dump

Why Do We Allow Private Banks & Families To Control The World’s Money? +The Truth Is Out: Money Is Just An IOU, And The Banks Are Rolling In It

Russia-China Real Gold Standard Means End Of US Dollar Dominance



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The World Economic Forum Talks About “Mind Control Using Sound Waves”
& Total Individual Control Technology – Insider Exposes How You And Your DNA Are Being Targeted
January 13 2019 | From: VigilantCitizen / ToolsForFreedom / Various

The World Economic Forum – one of the most powerful elite organizations in the world – recently discussed the emergence of remote mind control technology. And it admits that it could be used to turn humans into mind-controlled slaves.



The World Economic Forum (WEF) is one of the most influential elite organizations, alongside the Council on Foreign Relations, the Bilderberg group, and the Trilateral Commision.

Related: Mind Control: History and Applications

Every year, the forum brings together some 2,500 top business leaders, international political leaders, economists, celebrities and journalists to discuss world issues.


The Board of Trustees of the WEF is composed of some of the powerful people in the world. Here are some of them:

Mark Carney, Governor, Bank of England

Al Gore, Vice-President of the United States (1993-2001); Chairman and Co-Founder, Generation Investment Management LLP

Jim Yong Kim, President, World Bank

Christine Lagarde, Managing Director, International Monetary Fund (IMF)

Peter Maurer, President, International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC)

Indra Nooyi, Chairman, PepsiCo

L. Rafael Reif, President, Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT)

Ursula von der Leyen, Federal Minister of Defence, Federal Ministry of Defence of Germany

David M. Rubenstein, Co-Founder and Co-Executive Chairman, Carlyle Group


In many ways, the WEF is similar to the Bilderberg Group. Interesting fact: Klaus Schwab, the Founder and Executive Chairman of the WEF is a former member of the steering committee of the Bilderberg Group.

Not unlike other powerful organizations that claim to “help the world”, the WEF is accused of actually promoting the interests of the world elite.

The Transnational Institute describes the World Economic Forum’s main purpose as:


"To function as a socializing institution for the emerging global elite, globalization’s “Mafiocracy” of bankers, industrialists, oligarchs, technocrats and politicians.

They promote common ideas, and serve common interests: their own.”



Related: Rockefeller, Ford Foundations Behind World Social Forum (WSF). The Corporate Funding Of Social Activism

Far from actually solving world problems, the WEF is accused of simply shifting the blame from governments and major conglomerates to regular citizens.


"A study, published in the Journal of Consumer Research, investigated the sociological impact of the WEF. It concluded that the WEF do not solve issues such as poverty, global warming, chronic illness, or debt.

They have simply shifted the burden for the solution of these problems from governments and business to “responsible consumers subjects: the green consumer, the health-conscious consumer, and the financially literate consumer.”

They merely reframe the issues, and by so doing perpetuate them.

Gore is singled out as a prime example. Gore’s speeches deliberately shift focus away from the problems of unregulated markets and corporate activities to one of moral pathologies, individual greed, etc.

In doing so he is actually promoting the creation of new markets, and hence perpetuating the same old problems in a new guise. New markets will follow the same patterns as the old ones because the core problem of corporate governance is never addressed.”


- Markus Giesler Ela Veresiu, Creating the Responsible Consumer: Moralistic Governance Regimes and Consumer Subjectivity


Remote Mind Control

The WEF’s Annual Meeting of the Global Future Councils took place on November 11-12 in the United Arab Emirates.

One of the topics discussed was “mind control using sound waves”.

The WEF’s official website published an article entitled Mind control using sound waves?



Related: July 20, 1977: CIA Mind Control Project MKUltra Documents Released For The First Time

We ask a scientist how it works where University of Oxford Professor Antoine Jérusalem describes the technology and the issues related to it.


Controlling the Brain With Sound Waves: How Does it Work?

Well, to get straight to the science, the principle of non-invasive neuromodulation is to focus ultrasound waves into a region in the brain so that they all gather in a small spot.

Then hopefully, given the right set of parameters, this can change the activity of the neurons.

If you want to get rid of neurons that have gone wild, for example in epilepsy, then you might want to crank up the energy to essentially kill them. But if you want to selectively promote or block the neuronal activity, you need to fine-tune your ultrasound waves carefully.

In other words, there’s a difference between ultrasound stimulation used for removing tissue, and ultrasound neuromodulation, which is aimed at controlling neuronal activity without damaging the tissue.

Ultrasound neuromodulation is something that definitely works, but that we still don’t understand.


What social good can come of it?

The current buzzwords are Alzheimer’s and Parkinson’s disease, as well as traumatic brain injuries. But scientists are also looking at the spinal cord and peripheral nervous systems.

As far as I am concerned, since the brain is the de facto centre of decision for so many processes, any of them could be targeted.


Is it safe?

When attempting to ‘control’ neuronal activity by providing minute mechanical vibrations to a region of the brain, it’s important that the focus of the ultrasound, frequency and amplitude are properly tuned, or the brain can potentially be damaged.

The point is that we still don’t know how to tune all of this; and if I were to exaggerate a bit, I could say that our current approach is not that far off from fiddling around with the settings on a radio until we hear the right station.

One of the many difficulties is to know for sure that we are indeed controllingneurons with these sound waves, as opposed to damaging them.

The truth is that we still don’t know how the process works. And if you don’t know how it works, you don’t know how much is “too much”.


What are the biggest ethical challenges?

The potential of this technique is huge – by that I mean the sheer number of applications, as well as the ethical use.

From a biological perspective, it’s similar to drugs. It can cure you, it can get you addicted, and it can kill you. It’s all about staying within a given set of rules.

From an ethical perspective, the world is changing so fast that it’s difficult to assess what will be acceptable tomorrow that is not today.

I am also convinced that human nature is such that if something can be done, it will be done. The question is by whom. I would rather have a fair society leading the dance than some rogue state without any respect for human or animal life.

If we want to lead that dance 10 years from now, we need to start researching today.


How dystopian could it get?

I can see the day coming where a scientist will be able to control what a person sees in their mind’s eye, by sending the right waves to the right place in their brain.

My guess is that most objections will be similar to those we hear today about subliminal messages in advertisements, only much more vehement.

This technology is not without its risks of misuse. It could be a revolutionary healthcare technology for the sick, or a perfect controlling tool with which the ruthless control the weak.

This time though, the control would be literal.


What can we do to safeguard its potential?

I am not going to argue that scientists are all wise and knowledgeable when it comes to what should and should not be done. Some of us will go as far as we can get away with. But that’s human nature, and not unique to scientists.

Either way, our job is to find something that is beneficial to humanity. And if you find a way to make somebody better, then you most likely also know how to do the contrary.

The goal is to make sure that regulation prevents the latter, without impeding the former. I believe that this is the role of regulators. And I think that the European Union, where I work, is quite good at this.

Another role of politicians should be to provide a communication platform to explain the long vision of any given area of research.

And it can be too early, or not a good idea, and the final decision might very well be to stop it.

But in the long term, the public should have the potential benefits of a new technology explained to them in plain words, which is something that scientists are not necessarily good at.

Politicians should remember that if we don’t do it, then somebody somewhere will do it anyway…potentially unregulated.


In short, Antoine Jérusalem says that remote mind control is an incredibly powerful technology that has the power to possibly cure illnesses.

However, in the wrong hands, the technology can completely take control of one’s brain. In his words, it can be the “perfect controlling tool with which the ruthless control the weak”.

That being said, remote mind control is nothing new and the elite had access to this kind of technology for years.

A few months ago, I published an article about a leaked 1996 document describing remote mind control.



Related: Government Accidentally Sends Files On “Remote Mind Control” To Journalist

One page of the document describes the many possible effects of remote mind control.

Despite the technology’s admitted dystopian potential, Antoine Jérusalem believes that humanity cannot avoid developing it.

He probably says that because a company developing this technology is part of the WEF.

His solution to make sure that the technology is not used to turn humans into mind control slaves? Government regulation.

In short, the WEF states that this technology should be under the control of the global elite. Does that comfort you?


Related Articles:

Canadian Government Quietly Compensates Daughter of MKULTRA Victim

The New Mind Control: “Subliminal Stimulation”; Controlling People Without Their Knowledge

10 Ways To Protect Yourself From NLP Mind Control

Revenge: MKULTRA Victims Plan Class-Action Suit Against Government

What The History Channel Left Out About The Declassified CIA Program: “History Of MK-Ultra”

CIA MKULTRA: Drugs To Take Down The Nation


Diary Of A Person Of Interest & Oxford PHD Katherine Horton "Intelligence Agencies Are Attacking Me With
Direct Energy Weapons!"

Cover Stories Are Used To Control Explanations & Medical Propaganda Headlines For Gullible Minds

The individual vs. group mind control

Opioids are mind-control drugs; MKULTRA is alive and well

Silent Sound Mind Control Explained



Total Individual Control Technology – Insider Exposes How You And Your DNA Are Being Targeted

Total Individual Control Technology is a nefarious type of EM (Electromagnetic) and V2K (Voice to Skull) weaponized technology that is being experimented with and deployed against segments of the American population.



Those attacked by this electronic stalking are known as TIs (Targeted Individuals). Recently another brave whistleblower has stepped forward to expose it.

Related: Brainwashed: The Goal Of The Media Is To Poison The Minds Of The Masses With Toxic Hatred And Engineered “Thought Loops”

Bryan Kofron (who formerly used the alias of Justin Carter) is a security industry specialist who used to work for a private security company SIS (Security Industry Specialists) in Seattle, Washington.

He quit in disgust after realizing that his former firm, and others just like it, were actively using this so-called total individual control technology to target people, then ultimately control and destroy their lives.

Since he quit, he has himself become a victim of the technology via gangstalking.


What Total Individual Control Technology is Capable Of

According to Kofron, this technology is so advanced that it can be used to read your mind, program your mind with thoughts (that you would believe are your own) and induce emotional states in you (including pain, hate and fear).

It can be used to tap into your optical nerve and auditory systems to see and hear what you are seeing and hearing. It can target particular people by engaging in individual-specific attacks (based on the target’s DNA resonance).

Finally, it is being used in vast social engineering programs as a way to experiment upon poor, homeless and weak people who have little or no chance of fighting back.



Related: Are You A Mind-Controlled CIA Stooge? + The Term “Conspiracy Theory” Was Invented By The CIA In Order
To Prevent Disbelief Of Official Government Stories

In interviews or presentations such as this and this, Kofron explains that this technology is being used by psychopaths who have little scruples about the harm they are causing.

They are targeting specific groups of people: those who are cognitively inclined, highly intelligent, knowledgeable about advanced technology or interested in alternative research (i.e. conspiracy research).

In general, they are either targeting empowered individuals with free minds (to stop dissidents and revolutionaries) or those too poor and weak to fight back.

Using Kofron’s own words, here are some of the things Total Individual Control Technology is able to do:


"
This technology manipulates the electrical signals in the brain, thus controlling thoughts and feelings and emotions and sensations throughout the body.

It works by rewiring the brain by creating new neural pathways and destroying existing neural pathways, thus this literally changes the way a person thinks and thus behaves.”

“This technology can also be used to control the muscle movement of the target. It can take over one’s hands or feet while driving and make you press on the accelerator or press on the brake or turn.

This can be used to cause accidents it can also be used to prevent accidents from happening.”

“This technology can also tap into the optical nerve of the target, and the auditory system of the target, so that those monitoring the target can see what the target is seeing and hear what target is hearing.

This information is then downloaded and stored on a computer, in a highly secure classified site on servers that are guarded by some of the tightest security in the world.

This results in the individual’s entire day, everything they see, everything they hear, everything they experiment, everything they experience, and everything they feel being recorded till the end of time.”

“This technology can also be used to manipulate the emotions of the target. It can induce fear, love, hate.”

“This technology can be used to beam images and even motion pictures into one’s brain. Images and motion pictures that are so realistic that you think you are actually watching a movie or seeing something in reality.

It’s like a virtual reality 3D rendering that takes place within the target’s mind.

The images and motion pictures manifest themselves in such a way that the target if they are not aware that this technology is being used on them will believe that they are natural thoughts and natural images.”

“This technology can also be used to induce and control dreams.

It can be used to control dream cycles and sleep patterns. To cause one to sleep very deeply or to cause one to not sleep at all. REM cycles, alpha beta and delta brainwaves can be induced immediately by this technology.

And this technology can also be used to mimic spiritual experiences.

Joy, love, peace that passes understanding can all be induced artificially by this technology to make the target believe that they are having a genuine spiritual experience when they’re not.”

“This technology can also be used to sexually manipulate the target. Make them feel sexual arousal or turn off their sexuality altogether, it can stimulate them and it can shut them down at a moments notice.

It can also be used to manipulate the hormones of the target, thus lowering and raising estrogen and testosterone levels in women and men respectively.”

“This technology can also be used to read the thoughts of the target in real time … they can read your thoughts verbatim as they occur within your own mind.”

“Anywhere from small groups of people 10-20 to 100, to medium size groups of people several thousand to tens of thousands.

This is done by creating a field effect, where an entire field of electromagnetic energy is created in a geographical location and any human being within that geographical location within that electromagnetic field affecting that geographical location will be effected by the technology.

This can be used to induce a general mood in a population or a crowd of people. It can be used to make them passive, it can be used to make them agitated.

And this can be used to cause or stop, induce riots. Stop crime, start crime. Stop thoughts, start thoughts. Massive mind control on a citywide level.”


Total Individual Control Technology Attacks Specific Individuals Based on DNA Resonance

As I have discussed in previous articles on mind control such as “They” Can’t Read Your Thoughts … Right?, the state of current mind control technology is beyond most people’s comprehension and idea of what is possible.

Yet, we have had enough out-of-the-closet whistleblowers and leaked or declassified documents to give us a clear idea of the scary extent to which we can be psychically attacked.



Related: Monarch Mind Control & The MK-Ultra Program

Whistleblowers such as Dr. Robert Duncan have lectured at length about the capabilities of V2K technology, which is defined as an EM frequency technology that utilizes RF (Radio Frequency) signals to induce sound within the cranial cavity of the target.

V2K literally pipes thoughts directly into people’s heads without them knowing it.

Kofron bases his information on his own experience as an insider in this field, and also as recent victim of V2K himself. He was attacked once he went public. He claims he has been assaulted with a beta version which is especially nasty, piping thoughts into his head such as:


"
Everyone’s against you”

“Please be quiet or we’re going to kill you”

“Don’t work again or we’re going to kill you” 

“You’re the lab rat now motherfucker”

Kofron claims the Total Individual Control Technology attacks are attempting to turn him against his former work colleagues, friends and family.

However, since he was trained in this area, he knows that the voices are technological and can defend himself against the manipulations once he hears them.



Related: Global TI (Targeted Individual) Survey Launched Under The Peerless Direction Of Top NSA Whistleblowers
William Binney And J. Kirk Wiebe

Kofron echoes exactly what Duncan has warned about: individual-specific attacks. Duncan states that every person has a “unique resonance signature”, and in almost exactly the same words, Kofron states that:


"
… the DNA of the individual is used to determine the resonant frequency of the DNA itself, the resonant frequency is then used to fine tune the technology … to tune it perfectly to the resonant frequency of the targeted individual’s DNA.”


The Drive to Create a Worldwide DNA Database

This leads into another aspect of the NWO agenda: the drive to create a worldwide DNA database. When seen in the light of Total Individual Control Technology, the acquisition of an entire population’s DNA takes on a very sinister meaning.

It is no coincidence that Amazon and Google (who are ultimately controlled by the same force as David Icke suggests) are racing each other, along with Microsoft, IBM and other companies, to assemble a DNA database as quickly as they can.

Those in power who gain access a completed worldwide DNA database and total individual control technology would have a horrifying weapon at their disposal to target literally anyone they wanted.



Related: Colonizing The Western Mind

Kofron exposes how prospective employees are tricked out of their DNA. They apply for a job at SIS, get told they have to do a drug test, and when the urine sample is sent to a lab, part is siphoned off as DNA to go into Amazon’s burgeoning DNA database.

Americans, in the millions, are having their DNA stolen from them, without their knowledge or consent, so they become unwitting targets of this insidious program!


Social Engineering with Total Individual Control Technology

Kofron talks at length about how this technology is fully operational and is already being tested upon those in society who are struggling (such as those who are homeless, poor and who don’t have much family or many friends) since they make the easiest targets.

On his website GangstalkerWars.com, he exposes the details of ongoing operations within Seattle (where he used to work for SIS).

This social engineering is being done by the Federal Government, the Military Intelligence agencies, private security firms (more on this below), some of the largest US corporations (after all, we live in a corporatocracy), local and state police, and social programs within inner-city America.



Related: The War On Reality: How Globalists Occupy Your Mind To Control Everything

In one such operation, the perpetrators would target certain geographical blocks of the city, and, for instance, cause everyone in that area to be in a bad mood.

In another operation, SIS (employed by Amazon whose headquarters are in Seattle) would test upon Amazon employees.

In another operation, SIS would experiment upon its own low level employees.

In another operation, homeless people were brought in from all over the nation to special buildings that were then targeted.

This is true gangstalking – the ganging up by sociopaths and psychopaths upon the innocent to electronically harass and stalk them.


The Rising Danger of the Private Security Firm Industry in America

Kofron warns about an alarming trend in American society: the rise of private security companies who mostly employ ex-military and ex-intelligence agents. As I covered in this 2-part series, the US Military Intelligence Complex is completely and utterly out of control.

It runs the government and pulls the strings attached to all the puppet politicians, who don’t have the necessary “clearance” to access the truly top secret information.

These security firms, like the MIC itself, appear to operate above and outside the law.



Related: Mind Control Theories And Techniques Used By Mass Media

The culture inside of these companies is toxic.

People rising up the ranks are conditioned to use this technology against innocent victims, and are told they will be rewarded with everything (money, power, women, sex, connection, access, status, belonging to the power club) if they go along with the program and become perpetrators.

If they have a strong conscience and refuse, they will be sacked, shunned, cut off, threatened and even made into TIs themselves.


The Human Rights Loophole: False Diagnoses

Another aspect of Total Individual Control Technology which the perpetrators use to shield themselves is the cruel use of false psychiatric diagnoses.

Here’s how it works: they manipulate TI victims to see a psychiatrist, and then they bribe the psychiatrist to deliver a fake diagnosis that the victim is mentally unstable, deranged, delusional, crazy, incompetent, paranoid, schizophrenic, suffering from Multiple Personality Disorder – or they invent some similar legal-medical-psychobabble diagnosis.

This has the unfortunate effect of stripping away the victim’s natural or human rights, which leaves him or her with no recourse to fight back against his attackers, since his claims and testimonies will be dismissed as the ravings of a madman.



Related: NY Times Reporter Found Murdered After Exposing MKUltra?

This is a similar tactic to what is used with other victims of mind control.

In my interview with Max Spiers, he touched on the use of the Big Pharma “false memory” foundation, which includes bogus therapists and psychiatrists who convince mind control victims that they’re having false memories (when they are actually recalling how they were tortured and programmed).


The Infrastructure Underlying Total Individual Control Technology

The infrastructure that is enabling the total individual control technology is composed mostly of antennae, radar and cell phone towers.

Often, the antennae are camouflaged (hidden behind walls). Some or most of the radar used is from military bases.

Kofron was not able to explain much of how the technology actually works, although an electrical engineer who called in on one of the radio interviews suggested that the perpetrators are setting up a standing wave of DNA, then doing slight variations in the phasing using pulse code modulation.



Related: How To Become Immune To Mind Control | How TV Affects Your Brain Chemistry For The Worse


Final Thoughts: Total Individual Control Technology Perpetrated by the Cult of Power

In concluding, it’s important to realize how such cruel surveillance is being perpetuated.

As Kofron explains, it’s all about creating an “in” club of perpetrators who get rewarded with money, sex, power and the intrinsic human need for belonging, get told they are on the “right” side and the TIs are on the “wrong” side – and get threatened that if they speak up or quit, they may end up on that wrong side.

It’s the cult of power.

Hopefully this testimony can serve as a wakeup call for those on the fence who can’t quite bring themselves to believe or act. In many ways, time is running out and the net is being drawn tighter and tighter.

The more technology advances, the more weapons the cult of power will have to enslave those who stand for truth and freedom.

At a certain point, there will literally be nowhere to run or hide. The only option is to face it now before it’s too late.


Related Articles:

The Internet Just Crowdfunded the Release of 4,358 CIA Mind Control Documents

Social Engineering - The War On The Higher Mind Of Humans: Here’s Why You Should Consider Converting
Your Music To A=432 Hz

Corporate Mass Media Controls Your Mind

US Patent 6506148 B2 Confirms Human Nervous System Manipulation Through Your Computer & TV

Jian Liang Wall Street Insider's Absolute Mind Control Testimony | MK - ULTRA Never Ended

Acid flashback: CIA’s mind-control experiment reverberates 40 years after hearings

Electromagnetic Mind Control Weapons 1985

Rare footage of 1950s housewife in LSD experiment

Preston James, Ph.D.: Secret and Silent Frequency Wars


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

2019: The Year Deep State Gets Demolished
January 12 2019 | From: StateOfTheNation / Various

FISAgate: The Scandal That Will Take Down Deep State in 2019.



“2019 is the year that the war between the patriots and the globalists breaks out in the open. Not with bullets and bombs; rather, with indictments and prosecutions. Trump has no choice at this point. Deep State is coming after him and they won’t stop until he is removed. He knows it, so his best defense is a dazzling offense. That would be known as FISAgate.” - Intelligence Analyst & Former U.S. Military Officer

Related: Deep State Plot: A Massive Treasonous Conspiracy Subverts America via Open Borders and Illegal Aliens


The FISAgate Scandal is as Big as it Gets Unless You Consider CrownGate

There’s a very good reason why FISAgate could not be blown wide open in 2018.

For extremely significant reasons that are beyond the scope of this short article, FISAgate was meant for the big screen in 2019.


Key Point: The FISAgate scandal isn’t just HUGE, it means the end of the hopelessly corrupt and criminal political culture inside the Beltway. 

That means the Obamas, the Clintons, Biden, Schumer, Pelosi, Schiff, Feinstein, Comey, Mueller, Brennan, Clapper, Hayden, and so many other big fish are going to prison. 

So, too, will many RINOs be leaving for Gitmo when the military tribunals are finished with their prosecutions
.

See: Military Tribunals: Why They Are Absolutely Necessary

Truly, it doesn’t get any bigger than FISAgate; unless, of course, you understand the sheer depth and breadth of CrownGate

By the way, both scandals go hand in hand, although FISAgate is just one of countless highly organized conspiracies launched by the Crown against America. 

That makes CrownGate the grandaddy of them all.

Related: CrownGate: The Greatest Criminal Conspiracy in U.S. History

CrownGate is so big. Here’s just one tweet that is taking it viral which can be retweeted all year long:



Related: The Crown Of England Is Owned And Operated By The Vatican


Back to FISAgate

FISAgate represents the greatest criminal conspiracy to commit individual treason and institutional sedition of the 21st century, which was conducted by virtually the entire Obama administration.

While many of the perps at the top of the Obama leadership have yet to be implicated, in time they all will be

This is why the Mainstream Media (MSM) is being used by all of the perpetraitors to throw shade on the entire festering (and burgeoning) FISAgate scandal.  They know that Gitmo awaits them all when the truth comes out.

Actually, when the critical facts surrounding FISAgate are disseminated by the MSM, and they will be soon enough, the Democrat Party will summarily be dissolved for institutional treason on an unprecedented scale.

There are several crucial and complex pieces to the FISAgate conspiracy to defraud a POTUS candidate and then to overthrow his administration - in broad daylight.



Related: Controversial FISA Memo Was Just Released - Here’s What It Says


Here is one exposé that covers the essentials:

FISAgate Proves Deep State Will Do ANYTHING To Remove Trump


What follows for the uninitiated are just a few other FISAgate articles that will quickly inform. Each is important reading from critical perspectives;

FISAgate Scandal Waiting to Explode in 2019: Here Are 4 Key Bullet Points

FISAgate: 5 Separate FBI Scandals Connected to Obama’s Epic Criminal Conspiracy

FISAgate is the Linchpin for Countless Individual and Institutional Traitors, FAANG Execs Are Toast

It doesn’t get any scarier than Fisagate!

Release the Treasonous FISAgate Document


What’s Really Going on With FISAgate?

The can of worms that is known as FISAgate is so complicated that it cannot even be explained by the perpetrators who were deeply involved in this ongoing black operation. 

None of them know the whole story, or even the many missing pieces that Congress has yet to uncover. Their criminal activity was way too classified and protected by false ‘national security’ concerns! 

Whenever you hear the bogus need to protect “sources and methods”, it’s really the bad actors who are being insulated from investigation.

The insurrection against Trump and his administration was actually structured after a typical series of C.I.A. black ops that they run in Banana Republics around the world whenever they wanted to topple a head of state or collapse a government. 

Every phase of the conspiracy is run on a strictly need-to-know basis and in a highly compartmentalized fashion.



Related: Trump’s List: 289 Accomplishments In Just 20 Months, ‘Relentless’ Promise-Keeping

Not only that, but as soon as they saw that Trump won on November 8, 2016, they had to implement a massive cover-up for the crime wave they thought they would ride to Clinton’s victory. 

To call the tangled web of numerous plots and sub-plots exceedingly convoluted would be a gross understatement.

Particularly with Trump assuming office on Inauguration Day, the perps had to work very fast to destroy all the evidence, as well as firewall whatever evidence could not be destroyed because it took the form of what is, essentially, a permanent digital record. 

Once Trump took office he had access to the goods if he took initiative to secure them.


Comment: Read about the Alliance that has been working behind the scenes for decades to take down the 'Cabal' within the work of David Wilcock.

Some of those reading this may be confused because the cabal-controlled mainstream media is doing everything within it's power to denigrate Trump - as he is part of the effort to take the Illuminati down once and for all.

This is really why the globalists are so determined to remove Trump from office; the longer he’s in the Oval Office the more likely he will locate all the proof of a transparent coup d’état in the works

After all, what digital data doesn’t the NSA, CIA, DIA and FBI have access to?


FISAgate Crime Spree

It’s imperative for the Patriot Movement to understand that the FISAgate crime spree is the death knell for Deep State

The co-conspirators have acted out of extreme desperation to such a degree, and have made so many serious mistakes, that they are all implicated one way or another. 

They could not take the time to firewall their various black ops and they therefore contaminated everyone else in the various schemes. 

This is why they even resorted to enlisting the help of the Federal Reserve to trigger a stock market crash as a direct threat to Trump, and especially to his MAGA agenda.

Related: Federal Reserve Bank Colludes with Deep State to Crash Stock Market

The real bonanza associated with this never-ending crime spree, however, is the fact that the British Intelligence Community was contracted by the Obama Administration to do all the dirty work. 

This gave all the top-level intel operatives (Brennan, Clapper, Hayden, Morrell, etc.) plausible deniability except that, when the whole scheme fell apart,  it exposed the outright British subversion of the U.S. Federal Government

Not only that, it proved that the utterly fake Russiagate hoax was really a British brainchild.


Key Point: Of course, MI6 has its fingerprints all over FISAgate (e.g. fraudulent Steel dossier), but more importantly so does GCHQ.  This little data point indicates that the Brits are really conducting spying and surveillance on the US government 24/7, which they are. 

That may sound like business as usual in the spook realm of espionage and counter-espionage, but not when classified info/data is used to blackmail and coerce American politicians into taking specific governmental actions… in the interest of the UK Government and especially the Rothschild crime syndicate.

With this knowledge, every American can plainly see that it was International Banking Cartel headquartered in London that sought to rig the 2016 presidential election, not the Russians

Putin’s Russia merely presented yet another opportunity for the Brits to scapegoat them in order to trigger a World War between the United States and the Russian Federation.

The British Government has actually been working triple time to distract and divert the attention of everyone concerned on both sides of the pond. 

For one, the ever-burgeoning  Brexit debacle has captured the rapt attention of every Brit on the island. 

The deliberate fiasco with the European Union is all engineered by design, and not only to stealthily reverse the results of the Brexit referendum.



Related: The Global Power Hierarchy: Three City States Control The World

Then there are little pranks like this: False Flag Terror Attack Outside Of Parliament “Staged” To Distract From The GCHQ Wiretap Scandal 

The spooks in London always think of themselves as a step ahead of the people

And they don’t care what type of false flag shooting or bombing they must carry out to accomplish their goals of distraction. 

The public record even demonstrates that the GCHQ was forced to issue an unprecedented denial of guilt to Trump’s proven accusation of “wiretap” meddling.

See: Is the GCHQ “Unprecedented Denial” Really an Admission of Guilt?



Related: Trump Wiretapping Mystery Solved: GCHQ


The Bottom Line

Where it concerns the most weighty repercussions of FISAgate, it’s clear that the NWO agenda has been profoundly exposed and substantially thwarted

The lasting damage that FISAgate has done to the covert relationships between the various American political dynasties (i.e. Bush) and crime families (i.e. Clinton) is such that they will never again be able to defraud the U.S. citizenry so easily.

The free-fall collapse of the Clinton Foundation - a CIA-controlled NGO front - stands as a testament to this new normal. 

However, whenever President Trump does leave office the globalists will be right back to fleecing the American taxpayer, as well as waging unprovoked wars of naked aggression in their name.

[Comment: WRONG: See the above reference regarding The Alliance].

This is why Deep State must be demolished this year - 2019.

And Trump knows it.



See: The Clinton Foundation: A Typical ‘CIA-Directed NGO’ That Is Completely Above The Law

Of paramount importance is that the US-UK special relationship has been shown for what it truly is: that the USA is still a colony of the British Empire

And, that the USA was painstakingly set up to be Military Arm Of The New World Order

The ironclad control exerted by the London-based stock, banking and gold exchanges ensured easy manipulation of the New York City exchanges and brokerage houses that really control American politics.

This is why it’s exceptionally urgent for Trump to apprehend and prosecute, convict and sentence the obvious FISAgate co-conspirators. 

Until he takes this vital initiative, the same traitors will continue to overthrow him by any means possible. They all know their lives and livelihoods greatly depend on Trump’s response to the shocking degree of criminality that FISAgate represents.


Conclusion

It doesn’t take a rocket scientist to quickly grasp the enormity and gravity of Obama’s FISAgate scandal. It’s really like a divine gift given by the New World Order globalist cabal to the American patriots. 

Of course, it started out as a demonic present from the globalists to President Trump, but the perps got caught with their pants down - literally! 

That’s because they really did expect Hillary to win and were therefore very sloppy in their seditious execution.  Now they’re all ratting out each other…behind the scenes, of course.

In point of fact, FISAgate is the most radioactive scandal of the 3rd Millennium, even more highly consequential than the state-sponsored, false flag terrorist attacks on 9/11



Related: Summary On 9/11 And Inconsistencies Regarding The Official Story

This British-directed criminal conspiracy is so calamitous for TPTB, and has such far-reaching international ramifications, that it will forever destroy the fake “Special Relationship” between the United States and the United Kingdom.

Now many will say: FISAgate has been written and talked about for a fairly long time now.

And it’s entirely true. 

However, with each passing day the Obama admin whistleblowers and deep insiders within the U.S. Intelligence Community turn over more and more highly incriminating evidence. 

Simply put, the more time that goes by, the more damning the proof that the globalists tried to, first, nullify the official election results of 2016 and, secondly, that they attempted to overthrow the POTUS…as they continue to do today.


Remember: If the Patriot Movement is to experience success in this epic war against the NWO globalists, the timing of the most lethal attacks must be pluperfect. 

It always comes down to perfect timing if victory is to be guaranteed. 

So the patriots and nationalists must be patient.  Nonetheless, everyone must be at the ready to light their torches and pick up their pitchforks. 

Don’t worry: many Alt Media like SOTN spend each and every day releasing myriad flaming arrows into the Deep State castle, so the globalists have been softened up quite a bit.

Now, let’s go get ’em!  Before they get US.


Editor’s Note:

The Obama administration will go down in U.S. history as the most lawless and corrupt ever. 

The Obamanation will likewise be forever known as a cultural marxist’s paradise where political pandemonium and governmental anarchy, social chaos and economic collapse, racial strife and religious hatreds, gender tensions and international conflicts ruled the day for 8 long years. 

FISAgate is the most graphic manifestation of the pervasive and profound criminality and corruption practiced at the highest levels of Obama’s globalist conspiracy to destroy the American Republic.

Action Plan: If you haven’t already, why not retweet this game-changing exposé on CrownGate. 

Even our good friends from the British Isles like Martin are helping US out as seen in his tweet below.




Related Articles:

Trump Keeps Promises, Starts Pulling US from Foreign Wars Serving the Deep State

CIA/FBI/DOJ Plot To Overthrow The President Of The United States

The All-Pervasive Military/Security Complex

Universities Have Become Globalists Propaganda Organizations

Political Correctitude takes another stride forward

Identity Politics Has Destroyed The West

Economic Policy Serves The Rich, Not The Economy

Genocide of the Greek Nation

‘Sand & Death’: Trump Destroys Globalist Policy To Stay in Middle East

James Woods Trolls Hillary Clinton in New Year’s Message

Rand Paul Slams ‘Big Government’ Romney, Defends Trump In Blistering Tweet

Time for the Truth - False Flag Deep State Truth! UPDATE 10: Hackers Release ‘9/11 Papers’

Total Exposure of the Deep State’s Clinton Foundation

Yes, Trump Has Authority to Declare National Emergency for Border Wall


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Yellow Vests Becoming World Wide Movement
January 11 2019 | From: ArmstrongEconomics / Various

The Yellow Vest Movement that began in France, is spreading. It appeared also in Belgium and it spread to Canada as well.



The French arrested the leaders of the Yellow Vest Movement calling them an anti-government charging them for organizing an unauthorized protest, as authorities adopt a tougher approach to try to curb the demonstrations.

Related: Les Gilets Jaunes – A Bright Yellow Sign of Distress

During the weekend of December 15th, mimicking the Yellow Vest movement in France, protests formed all over Canada.

These are peaceful protests, unlike in France, but they have continued every weekend in various cities such as Toronto, Halifax, Edmonton, Saskatoon, Calgary etc, especially in Alberta and Saskatchewan.




What do the Protesters in France Want? Check Out the 'Official' Yellow Vest Manifesto

The following list of demands has been circulating among French social media users. We do not know its exact origins or author(s), but it seems to have first appeared here on December 5th.

We've translated it into English (in summary, not word-for-word) below...



Related: Salvini Backs Yellow Vests Against Macron; Claims French President "Against His People"


Gilets Jaunes' List of Demands


Economy / Work

A constitutional cap on taxes - at 25%

Increase of 40% in the basic pension and social welfare

Increase hiring in public sector to re-establish public services

Massive construction projects to house 5 million homeless, and severe penalties for mayors/prefectures that leave people on the streets

Break up the 'too-big-to-fail' banks, re-separate regular banking from investment banking

Cancel debts accrued through usurious rates of interest



Politics

Constitutional amendments to protect the people's interests, including binding referenda

The barring of lobby groups and vested interests from political decision-making

Frexit: Leave the EU to regain our economic, monetary and political sovereignty (In other words, respect the 2005 referendum result, when France voted against the EU Constitution Treaty, which was then renamed the Lisbon Treaty, and the French people ignored)

Clampdown on tax evasion by the ultra-rich

The immediate cessation of privatization, and the re-nationalization of public goods like motorways, airports, rail, etc

Remove all ideology from the ministry of education, ending all destructive education techniques

Quadruple the budget for law and order and put time-limits on judicial procedures. Make access to the justice system available for all

Break up media monopolies and end their interference in politics. Make media accessible to citizens and guarantee a plurality of opinions. End editorial propaganda

Guarantee citizens' liberty by including in the constitution a complete prohibition on state interference in their decisions concerning education, health and family matters



Health / Environment

No more 'planned obsolescence' - Mandate guarantee from producers that their products will last 10 years, and that spare parts will be available during that period

Ban plastic bottles and other polluting packaging

Weaken the influence of big pharma on health in general and hospitals in particular

Ban on GMO crops, carcinogenic pesticides, endocrine disruptors and monocrops

Reindustrialize France (thereby reducing imports and thus pollution)



Foreign Affairs

End France's participation in foreign wars of aggression, and exit from NATO

Cease pillaging and interfering - politically and militarily - in 'Francafrique', which keeps Africa poor. Immediately repatriate all French soldiers. Establish relations with African states on an equal peer-to-peer basis

Prevent migratory flows that cannot be accommodated or integrated, given the profound civilizational crisis we are experiencing

Scrupulously respect international law and the treaties we have signed




Related: Philosopher: Yellow Vest Movement Is “Historic,” Unlike Any Other Protest



Alberta has long been known as the oil province of Canada and is highly commodity driven. 

With NDP (New Democratic Party) preventing the expansion of the TransMountain Pipeline from Alberta’s Edmonton to BC’s Burnaby after the project has already been approved by the federal government back in 2013, many people are unemployed.

With oil in Western Canada (Western Canadian Select) hitting $11.43 a barrel in November, companies simply cannot afford to stay in business.

Combining this with the announcement that the price of vegetables increased 4%-6% as of January 1st, it’s no wonder that many Canadians are frustrated.

This is also apparent as Calgary voted a resounding NO on a bid for hosting the 2026 Winter Olympics on November 13th.



Related: Yellow Vest Protestors Tear Down EU Flag

An estimate of $5.11 billion was announced with additional extra costs which were never disclosed, people voted no to the increase the taxation in order to pay for it.

The wrong event at the wrong time and people simply can’t afford to foot the bill.

Bottom line, too many taxes impact quality of life and no one will take to the streets when they are fat and happy.

What’s important here is that not only has Canada joined the Yellow Vest Movement, but it’s still going strong every weekend, Christmas, New Years, the protests against rising socialism continue.

Trudeau might have his work cut out for him before the next election in Canada in October 2019.

Related: Yellow Vests in Texas – Juries Have the Power to Overturn the Law - Including Commentary by Judge Andrew Napolitano


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Harvard Scientific Paper Details Entire Geo-Engineering Program Using Jet Aircraft
January 10 2019 | From: NaturalNews / Various

Geoengineering is a controversial subject, to say the least, with so many different theories about its origins and implementation.



Geoengineering using aircraft has a long history and many different forms from cloud seeding in the 1960s over Vietnam in Project Pop-Eye to ski resorts using commercial weather modification companies to create snow to this day.

Related: What Most People Call “Chemtrails” Could Kill Tens of Thousands of People, Says Harvard Professor

Far from a conspiracy theory, Geoengineering is being openly bragged about by China and Russia, both using jet aircraft to spray chemicals to disperse clouds for national holiday parades.

China
has a huge Geoengineering program to create rain for its agricultural regions and publicly admits it. Using jet aircraft and mountain top dispersal units to inject chemicals into the atmosphere to make rain for crops.

Yet when the subject comes up in the Western zeitgeist, it is automatically a far out conspiracy theory which is to be ridiculed, that such a thing could even exist.

Many observers content a secret program already exists in Western countries to control the weather using jet aircraft.




Related: Mainstream Scientist Exposes The Dangerous Reality Of Chemtrails And Geoengineering

Dispersing long plumes of chemicals in the sky to alter the climate in various ways, exactly as is being done elsewhere by other governments.

It only adds to speculation when the summation of all the U.S. funded government research on future Geoengineering describe a program that is a mirror image of what curious observers are seeing now.

Using jets to disperse chemical aerosols at high altitude to reduce solar radiation. The U.S. government claims Geoengineering is definitely not going on right now but probably will be in the future.


After surveying an exhaustive list of potential deployment techniques, we settle upon an aircraft-based delivery system.”   

-
Wake Smith and Gernot Wagner

A recently published IOP Science paper by Harvard scientists Wake Smith and Gernot Wagner titled “Stratospheric Aerosol Injection Tactics and Costs in the First Fifteen Years of Deployment” is a collation of all the public research on Geoengineering and prescribes a program using high altitude aircraft to disperse chemicals in the stratosphere to reflect sunlight and curb global warming.

Going into all the details that would constitute a Geoengineering program. This paper gives a rare insight into how such a thing would operate, how much it would cost and how many planes would be needed.

Lending clues to those that want to estimate the size and scope of any possible ongoing Geoengineering that may be occurring over Western countries but is being kept classified.



Related: Geoengineering And Weather Modification Exposed

The paper even bemoans the fact that such a program would be very difficult to keep secret.

Harvard scientists Wake Smith and Gernot Wagner state that such a program would be hard to keep classified since jet aircraft would be leaving long plumes of chemicals behind them that span the entire sky blocking the sun in a soupy haze.

Keen observers would surely notice the changes and criss-crossing patterns of aircraft trails littering the sky from horizon to horizon.

Sounds very familiar to what is being seen by so many now, in the skies over many N.A.T.O. countries, that deny such programs exist.


We conclude by arguing that, while cheap, such an aircraft-based program would unlikely be a secret, given the need for thousands of flights annually by airliner-sized aircraft operating from an international array of bases.    

-
Wake Smith and Gernot Wagner

These white papers are thinly veiled, making things sound rosy. Who would admit to such a thing? Read between the lines to get a gauge of what may be going on now. 

Using the paper to get a guesstimate on how big and costly a current Geoengineering program may be.



Related: Meteorologists And Climate Engineering Denial: Perpetuating The Lie For A Paycheck And A Pension + Why The "Chemtrail Conspiracy" Is Real

The paper states the cost of Geoengineering for Solar Radiation Management by way of jet aircraft at 2.25 billion a year, possibly up to 5 billion a year.

That’s for the whole globe but this does not include the ill health effects on the population of the world.


We calculate early-year costs of ~$1500 ton−1 of material deployed, resulting in average costs of ~$2.25 billion yr−1 over the first 15 years of deployment. We further calculate the number of flights at ~4000 in year one, linearly increasing by ~4000 yr−1."    

-
Wake Smith and Gernot Wagner

The paper also calls for a new type of stratospheric tanker plane for future operations. Eventually building up to a fleet of 95 new aircraft that fly higher and carry more aerosol by 2047.

At its peak conducting 60,109 flights per year.

There must be 100's of available modified aircraft being used for any current operations since it states today’s modified dispersion jets don’t go high enough or carry as much aerosol as desired.



Related: Do You Know What We Are Breathing In From Weather Geoengineering Efforts?

A conservative estimate would be a hundred and fifty thousand flights, or more would be needed for this type of operation using today’s modified dispersal aircraft at possibly twice the cost.


However, we also conclude that developing a new, purpose-built high-altitude tanker with substantial payload capabilities would neither be technologically difficult nor prohibitively expensive.    

-
Wake Smith and Gernot Wagner

The U.S. and other N.A.T.O. countries deny ongoing programs exist but say they would like to do Geoengineering with jet aircraft in the future.



Related: What Are Chemtrails And How Are They Harming Our Food And Water? + Nuclear Chemist Publishes Paper
Detailing: “Aluminum Poisoning Of Humanity Via Geoengineering”


The exact same thing that western observers are seeing now and that other less technologically advanced counties are already doing openly.


Stratospheric Aerosol Injection (SAI) would require lofting hundreds of thousands to millions of tons of material each year to altitudes up to ~20 km.

Here we seek answers to three questions: if SAI deployment were to commence within the foreseeable future with the tools and technologies at our disposal, how would such deployment be physically achieved, how much would it cost, and could it be done in secret?  
   

-
Wake Smith and Gernot Wagner

It’s as if a gang of robbers was on the loose and everyone can see the smashed windows all over town if they look up from their smartphones.

A group of professional robbers then publishes a series of detailed articles in the local newspaper about how to rob homes by smashing windows “if they ever wanted to do it” in the future.



Related: Dane Wigington Exposes The Globalist Geoengineering Weather Control Agenda In Fascinating Interview
With The Health Ranger


All the major details of the plan fit exactly what is being seen by witnesses, but the robbers say everyone is crazy, that its not happening and how could any sane person possibly believe it.

At the same time stating they would really like to rob homes by way of smashing windows, if given a chance, at some point in the future and are currently experimenting with it.


Related Articles:

Chemtrails, Geoengineering, Weather Modification & Weather Warfare

Italians Blow Chemtrails ‘Secret War’ Lid Off With Film

Former Presidential Candidate Gives Exclusive Interview To Geoengineering Watch

China's Mind-Blowing Weather Modification, Geoengineering, & ELF Transmitter Projects!

Mind The Chemtrails: New Study Calls For Global "Stratospheric Aerosol njection" By 2030s


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Six Activities That Will Enrich Your Soul + The Benefits Of Mindfulness
July 15 2016 | From: USHealthCorps / AustralianNationalReview

Our busy lives often leave us with a giant list of things we must do and seemingly no time for things we actually want to do.



While it’s important to take care of our responsibilities, it’s also crucial to our overall well-being to take care of our spirits.

Here are a few activities that will enrich your soul and help you find inner peace amid the chaos of life.


Teach Someone Something New or Learn a New Skill


Teaching someone something new can be an incredibly rewarding experience, giving you the pleasure of not only enhancing another person’s knowledge or skill set but leaving a legacy that will remain long after you’re gone.

Whether you know how to knit or crochet, paint, play the piano, or something as simple as snapping your fingers, sharing your expertise is a soul-nourishing experience. If there’s something you’d love to learn, ask an expert to tutor or mentor you and devote some time to making a better you.



Spend Some Quality Time with Four-legged Friends

If you have a friendly pet, you can enrich the lives of others while enriching your own soul by taking your furry friend to spend quality time with nursing home or assisted living residents or even hospital patients.



Of course, you should check with the facility to be sure that your pet has the required certifications. You might even consider getting your pet certified as a therapy animal so that you can spread the joy in more places.

If you don’t have a dog of your own, consider dog walking or dog boarding. It will allow you to get the mental and physical health boosts that come with spending time with animals, while also making a little extra money on the side.



Get Organized

A cluttered environment can add stress to your life, so give your home an organization overhaul. Clean out your closets and donate gently used items to charity, organize your home office, or invest in some storage baskets or cute containers to give your home an updated look while freeing up valuable space.

The sense of accomplishment you’ll get from taking care of these kinds of tasks (which, if you’re like many people, you’ve probably been procrastinating on for far too long) will result in less worry and anxiety, reduced stress, and greater peace.



Catch Up With Lost Connections

Our busy lives can often lead us to lose touch with faraway friends and family members. There’s no time like the present to fix that! Re-open the lines of communication with a phone call, an email, or even a handwritten letter.



Don’t be afraid to reach out – chances are, they’ve been thinking of you too and would love to hear from you. Whether it’s been weeks, months, or even years, reconnecting with a loved one will not only forgo feelings of loneliness, it’ll give you a chance to take a walk down memory lane and fill you with warm and fuzzies.



Curl Up with a Good Book


The busy pace of day-to-day life leaves most people with little time for recreational reading. Yet reading is one of the best ways to keep your mind sharp. You don’t have to read the Encyclopedia Britannica for your brain to benefit from reading; pick up that novel you’ve been itching to start since last year and cuddle up with a cup of tea. Whether you read a true account of a historical event or a fictional work, reading allows you to escape reality and visit faraway places from the comfort of your couch.


Create a Personal Growth Plan

We all have goals in life, both professional and personal, so start creating a plan to achieve them. Make a vision board, write down your goals, and develop a strategy for becoming the person you want to be. Creating a personal growth plan is a beneficial way to look toward the future and develop an optimistic mindset about what life has in store for you.



Our giant to-do lists may try to tell us otherwise, but there’s always time for a little soul therapy. Find an activity (or two, or three!) that makes you feel happy and incorporate it into your routine. You’d be surprised at the number of benefits you’ll see in all aspects of your life when you give yourself time for joy.

Eric Johnson’s own struggles with arthritis are what inspired him to volunteer to write for USHealthCorps.org. He hopes his work on the site can help others live healthy, happy lives despite their chronic illnesses.





The Benefits Of Mindfulness

Distractions are abounding and it affects the way we work - at home and at the office. A large number of people have trouble concentrating and this is where mindfulness comes in.



A form of meditation, mindfulness helps you develop stronger concentration powers. Large corporate companies such as Apple, Google and Starbucks amongst others offer training in mindfulness for their employees.

Forbes talks about this notion and shares how it can help boost your life and your career.


So What is Mindfulness?

A simple yet effective form of meditation, mindfulness makes you more focused, helping you to gain control over unruly thoughts. It is therefore a great way to reduce daily stress as it gives you control over your thoughts and prevents pondering on negative ones.

It makes you calm and allows you to go through the day in a productive manner. Ellen Langer, a psychologist at the Harvard University says;


“Mindfulness is the process of actively noticing new things. When you do that, it puts you in the present. It makes you more sensitive to context and perspective. It’s the essence of engagement.”

She adds that the "“mindless negative evaluations” that people make and the presumptions about problems they won’t be able to solve is what makes their day stressful."


Mindfulness and its Importance

Though there are many benefits of mindfulness, the main reason so many companies are banking on it is its ability to directly improve performance. The many studies which Langer has conducted in this regard have been accurate. Here are five other reasons why companies are focussed on mindfulness:


1. It relieves stress



Stress not only affects your performance but also your personality. Forbes explains “…it’s a people killer”. According to a research conducted by Centres for Disease Control and Prevention, 75% of healthcare expense is due to stress and two-thirds of hospital visits are for the same reason. Stress can increase your blood pressure, lead to cancer, insomnia, heart disease, anxiety, depression, autoimmune diseases and so on. Mindfulness makes you calm and takes you out of the stress mode.

2. It helps you concentrate

Mindfulness teaches you to focus on one thing at a time and this impacts everything you do. It teaches you to avoid distractions and complete one task at a time. Though we have all been subjected to multitasking, it is in fact a productivity killing practice and mindfulness lets you overcome this.

3. It makes you more creative



Creativity will depend on your mental state. Thus, when you are rid of negative thoughts and can focus, you are more likely to be creative. You can defeat the thoughts which cover up your creative skills. You can think creatively and freely because mindfulness lets you concentrate on the present.

4. It helps improve EQ

Something which cannot be perceived easily, emotional intelligence or EQ affects the way we behave, our social bonds, interactions and the decisions we make. It is your ability to understand emotions and use this knowledge to deal with relationships. Years of research have revealed that EQ is what sets star performers apart from mediocre ones. Forbes conducted studies at its workplace and found that the top performers were also high on EQ.

5. It makes you a better person



A study by the Harvard University revealed that there was in fact a link between ‘mindfulness and prosaical behaviour’. Those who practice meditation are 50% more likely to be compassionate towards others as compared to those who don’t.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

A Deeper Understanding Of Technocracy & Seven Things I Would Do If I Wanted To Keep Poor People Poor
January 8 2019 | From: JonRappoport / BreakingViewsNZ

Technocracy is the basic agenda and plan for ruling global society from above, so we need to understand it from several angles.



Consider a group of enthusiastic forward-looking engineers in the early 20th century. They work for a company that has a contract to manufacture a locomotive.

Related: UN Chief To Reshape Global Finance For Sustainable Development

This is a highly complex piece of equipment.

On one level, workers are required to make the components to spec. Then they must put them all together. These tasks are formidable.

On another level, various departments of the company must coordinate their efforts. This is also viewed as a technological job. Organizing is considered a technology.

When the locomotive is finished and delivered, and when it runs on its tracks and pulls a train, a great and inspiring victory is won.

And then…the engineers begin to think about the implications.

Suppose the locomotive was society itself? Suppose society was the finished product? Couldn’t society be put together in a coordinated fashion? And couldn’t the “technology of organizing things” be utilized for the job?

Why bother with endlessly arguing and lying politicians? Why should they be in charge? Isn’t that an obvious losing proposition? Of course it is.



Related: Globalism, Socialism, Technocracy: Three Names For The Same Thing

But engineers could lay out and build a future society that would benefit all people. Hunger, disease, and poverty could be wiped out. Eliminating them would be part of the uncompromising blueprint.

This “insight” hit engineers and technicians like a ton of bricks. Of course! All societies had been failures for the same reason: the wrong people were in charge.

Armed with this new understanding, engineers of every stripe began to see what was needed. A revolution in thinking about societal organization. Science was the new king. And science would rule.

Of course, for an engineered world to work, certain decisions would have to be made about the role of the individual. Every individual. You couldn’t have an air-tight plan if every human were free to pursue his own objectives.

Too many variables. Too much confusion. Too much conflict. Well, that problem could be solved. The individual’s actions would be tailored to fit the coordinated operations of the planned society.

The individual would be inserted into a pre-ordained slot. He would be “one of the components of the locomotive.” His life would be connected to other lives to produce an exemplary shape.



Related: The Vision Of Technocracy

Yes, this could imply a few problems, but those problems could be worked out. They would have to be worked out, because the overriding goal was the forming of a world organization.

What would you do if one bolt (an individual human) in one wheel of a locomotive was the wrong size? You would go back and correct the error. You would re-make the bolt.

Among sincere technocrats, the overall vision superseded the glaring problems.

But…other people entered the game.

High-echelon Globalists saw technocracy as a system they could use to control the population. Control was their goal. Period. What happened to the individual in the process was of no concern to them.

The individual had freedom or he didn’t have freedom, and the Globalists overtly intended to wipe out that freedom.

Erasing hunger, poverty, illness? Nonsense. For the Globalists, those realities would be exacerbated. Sick, weak, and debilitated people were easier to rule and control and manage.



Related: Technocracy: A Scientific Dictatorship

Essentially, a vastly misguided vision of a future technocratic utopia was hijacked. Something bad was made much worse.

In a nutshell, this is the history of technocracy.

A locomotive is a society? No. That was the first fatally flawed idea. Everything that followed was increasingly psychotic.

Unfortunately, many people in our world believe in Globalism, if you could call a partial vague view a legitimate belief.

They dreamily float on all the propaganda cover stories - greatest good for the greatest number of people; no more poverty; equality of sharing; reducing the carbon footprint; a green economy; “sustainable development”; international cooperation; engineering production and consumption of goods and services for the betterment of everyone; and all of this delivered from a central platform of altruistic guides.

If you track down the specifics that sit under these pronouncements, you discover you discover a warped system of planning that delivers misery and de facto slavery to the global population.



Related: US Deep State In Deep Trouble + A Deeper Understanding Of Technocracy

The collective utopia turns out to be a sham.

Waking up is hard to do? Breaking up is hard to do? They must be done.

A workable technological fix is a very nice achievement when the project is a machine. But transferring that glow of victory to the whole of society is an illusion. Anything that calls itself education would tackle the illusion as the first order of business.


Related Articles:

The Rothschild Bloodline: Financial Wizards & Wealthy Cults

Resistance vs. Washington’s Silent Weapon for Not-so-Quiet Wars

EU’s Quantitative Easing a Bust

Cyber Risks, the Achilles’ Heel of Cashless Economies

For Economic Truth Turn To Michael Hudson

The Bankers’ Scam - The Power Of Money: Beat The Bankers Through Debt Termination & Commonwealth Bank Of Australia: One Of The Largest Banks In The World Just Accused Of Laundering Millions For Drug Cartels

Banking & Negative Interest Rates: The Truth About "Austerity": = Wealth Transfer

What Is Real Wealth?



Seven Things I Would Do If I Wanted To Keep Poor People Poor

Spoiler: We [Western Countries] are already doing all of these things.



If I wanted to keep poor people poor, there are several government policies I would favor. Let's count them down.

Related: How the Rich Eat the Poor and the World


1. An Expanding Welfare State

For starters, I would advocate for a robust and ever-expanding welfare state - programs like Medicaid, food stamps, unemployment insurance, etc.

I would recognize that an effective recipe for keeping poor people poor is to create incentives that push them into decisions that prevent them from climbing out of poverty.

Rather than help individuals, the perverse economic incentives created by the “social safety net” trap aid recipients on welfare.

Case in point: A 2012 study by Pennsylvania’s Secretary of Public Welfare analyzed the decisions confronting individuals and families enrolled in various government welfare programs.

Specifically, the study concluded that in the case of a single mother with two children ages 1 and 4 earning $29,000 a year through work would be eligible for government benefits (such as Medicaid, housing vouchers, and subsidized daycare) equivalent to roughly an additional $28,000.

Such a scenario puts this woman in a bind. If she finds a better job paying more, or picks up more hours, she risks losing substantial amounts of benefits.



Related: Overseas Banking Villains Suck New Zealanders’ Wealth Offshore

She would make her family financially worse off even though her paycheck would be bigger.

Just to come out even, once taxes are factored in, she would need to find work paying about $69,000 a year to compensate for the lost welfare benefits. Not many low-skilled workers can make such a leap.

It is a vicious, self-reinforcing cycle that keeps people poor and dependent on the state.

This scenario is commonly referred to as the welfare cliff. Confronted with this situation, many individuals understandably opt to continue receiving the government benefits.

Rather than help individuals, the perverse economic incentives created by the “social safety net” trap aid recipients on welfare.


And the longer they remain out of the workforce, or at lower levels of employment, the less employable they become. It is a vicious, self-reinforcing cycle that keeps people poor and dependent on the state.

Moreover, there is the impact the welfare state has on the family unit. Welfare programs break up families by replacing a father’s paycheck with a government check and benefits.



Related: The Next Move To Steal Your Money: A Plan To Rip-Off Your Wealth

Nationally, since LBJ’s Great Society ratcheted up government welfare programs in the mid-1960s, the rate of unmarried births has tripled.

In my home state of North Carolina, families are roughly five times as likely to be in poverty when there is no father in the home.


2. Progressive Taxation Policy

High marginal taxes on profitable companies and small businesses alike discourage capital investment.

If I wanted to keep poor people poor, I also would finance the welfare state poverty trap through punitive taxes on the job and wealth creators of society.

The key ingredient to economic growth, and thus a higher standard of living for society’s poor, is through productivity gains made possible by capital investment.



Related:
CAFR (Comprehensive Annual Financial Report) Collateral Accounts: Taxes And Government Fraud Against Citizens Around The World

High marginal taxes on profitable companies and small businesses alike discourage capital investment.

As businesses decide to either not expand or take their businesses to more investment-friendly countries, job opportunities dry up.


3. Increase the Minimum Wage

If I wanted to keep poor people poor, I would advocate for higher government-enforced minimum wages
.

The law of supply and demand tells us that the higher the price of a good or service, the less of it will be demanded (other things held equal, of course).

The demand for low-skilled labor is no exception. Minimum wage laws are an effective tool to cut off the bottom rung of the career ladder.

Higher minimum wages will price more and more low-skilled people out of the labor market.


Meanwhile, the higher wages will attract more job seekers willing to supply their labor at the higher price. Employers will be able to be more selective in their hiring, and as such the lower-skilled job seekers will be crowded out of these opportunities by higher-skilled, less-needy candidates.



Related: It Is So Important That You Understand The Fundamental Differences Between ‘Wealthy’ And ‘Poor’ People

Minimum wage laws are an effective tool to cut off the bottom rung of the career ladder for those most in need of establishing work experience.


4. Support Restrictive “Green Energy” Policies

If I wanted to keep poor people poor, I would support government “green energy” initiatives that make energy more expensive.

State and federal initiatives that mandate more expensive “renewable” energy mean that - in the words of President Obama - utility bills “necessarily skyrocket.”



Related: Green Gestapo Says You're Mentally Ill If You Challenge Climate Change + Over 30,000 Scientists Say 'Catastrophic Man-Made Global Warming' Is A Complete Hoax And Science Lie

Poor people trying to scrape by just to stay even can scarcely afford higher electricity bills.


5. Increase the Business Regulatory Burden

If I wanted to keep poor people poor, I would see to it that government imposes many costly regulations on businesses.

Such tight restrictions discourage businesses from starting or expanding, Such tight restrictions discourage businesses from starting or expanding, meaning fewer job openings for those most in need of opportunity.



Related: Pharma CEO: We’re In The Business Of Shareholder Profit, Not Helping The Sick

And mountains of red tape force business to expend scarce resources on compliance costs rather than investing in their businesses and creating jobs.

Higher-skilled compliance officer jobs will consume payroll that could have potentially gone toward opportunities for lower-skilled job seekers.


6. Inflate the Money Supply

If I wanted to keep poor people poor, I would support “quantitative easing” policies. Under such programs, the Federal Reserve [Central Banking / Reserve Banking] creates money out of thin air.